Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Exhibit A
REIMAGINE PARKS MIAM PARKS AND RECREATION SYSTEM MASTER PLAN June 2023 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS City Officials + Leadership MAYOR FRANCIS SUAREZ COMMISSIONER ALEX DIAZ DE LA PORTILLA, DISTRICT 1 COMMISSIONER SABINA COVO, DISTRICT 2 COMMISSIONER JOE CAROLLO, DISTRICT 3 COMMISSIONER MANOLO REYES, DISTRICT 4 COMMISSIONER CHRISTINE KING, DISTRICT 5 CITY MANAGER, ARTHUR NORIEGA DEPUTY CITY MANAGER, ZERRY IHEKWABA ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER, NATASHA COLEBROOK-WILLIAMS ASSISTANT CITY MANAGER, LARRY SPRING CITY ATTORNEY, VICTORIA MENDEZ CITY CLERK, TODD B. HANON Parks and Recreation and Department CHRIS EVANS, INTERIM DIRECTOR LACLEVEIA MORLEY, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR LATOYA OSBORNE, PARKS CAPITAL PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR DENISSE MEDINA, SPECIAL PROJECTS COORDINATOR RAFAELLA ALEIXO, SPECIAL PROJECTS COORDINATOR LUIZ LAM, PARK PLANNER II OMAR BAYONA, SUPERINTENDENT OF RECREATION LAZARO GARCIA, SUPERINTENDENT OF PARK OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE DANIEL LOPEZ, SUPERINTENDENT OF AQUATICS & OCEAN RESCUE NADIA ARGUELLES-GOICOECHEA, PROGRAM COORDINATOR GLORIA ANTIA, PARK NATURALIST SENIOR RAFAEL AMATO, PARK RANGER ASSISTANT SUPERVISOR Consultant Team CHEN MOORE AND ASSOCIATES PEREZ PLANNING + DESIGN NEXT PRACTICE PARTNERS PROS CONSULTING ETC INSTITUTE Special Thanks To all of the Parks and Recreation staff, City staff, partners, and Miami residents who participated in the master planning process and provided valuable input —THANK YOU! This plan is a reflection of your committment to a better Miami. TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 0 Introduction CHAPTER 1 Context Analysis CHAPTER 2 Needs & Priorities Assessment CHAPTER 3 Vision CHAPTER 4 Implementation Appendix I (Under Seperate Cover) n O.1.INTRODUCTION REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI '] comprehensive look at the City of Miami's parks and recreation system, and an opportunity to plan for improvements and growth over the next decade and beyond. It is a planning process driven by data analysis and guided by the input of community members. As Miami continues to grow and evolve, and as society faces complex challenges —from the Covid-19 pandemic, to aging infrastructure, to the changing climate —this plan is a critical component of Miami's overall strategy to achieve a high quality of life for all of its citizens. 06 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Through the first two decades of the 21 st century, cities and towns across America's Sunbelt have seen an explosion of revitalization, development, and growth. The City of Miami has been a part of this urban renaissance —Miami's growth rate has been consistently rising since 1990 and from 2000-2020, the city's growth was in the top 20 among America's 50 most populous cities. Miami stands out for the unique attributes that have long made this city a highly attractive destination: • proximity to the Caribbean, and Central and South America, which have led to the city becoming the "Gateway to Latin America," • a diverse population producing a thriving mix of culture, arts, and entertainment, • a warm, subtropical climate supporting lush tropical vegetation. Miami's position as an international center of commerce and travel suggests the growth trends that have been occurring for the last few decades will continue, as increasingly mobile businesses and young professionals choose to locate in "The Magic City." However, growth has not come without challenges. Gentrification is impacting neighborhoods, with rising housing prices affecting the most vulnerable. Already densely populated, Miami's growth over the last two decades now makes it the fourth most dense large city in America, behind just New York, San Francisco, and Boston. The ongoing immigration debate and shifting political landscape both in the US and throughout Latin America results in constant uncertainty regarding immigration patterns. And starting in 2019 the COVID-19 pandemic disrupted daily life, strained the social fabric, and disrupted systems from the neighborhood to the global level. Although conditions have generally improved into 2023, the threat of new variants and community spread continues. One of the pandemic's positive impacts has been a renewal of interest in the value of outdoor public spaces, and the numerous benefits of nature within an urban context. The increasingly widespread acknowledgment of the value of public parks and open spaces is validation of decades of greenspace advocacy by members of the urban planning and landscape architecture fields. So, given: • the growth and development that has occurred for the past decade, • the lessons of the COVID-19 pandemic, • the projection for continued growth in Miami, this is an appropriate and opportune moment for the City to be establishing a new long-range plan for its parks and recreation system, its first such plan since 2007. 07 0.2.PLAN PURPOSE This comprehensive plan serves to lay the groundwork for the next 10 years of progress, growth, and adaptation within the City's Department of Parks and Recreation. It encompasses all aspects of the system, from physical park spaces, amenities, and buildings, to programs, funding, staffing, and administration. The plan also serves to fulfill important qualifications for the Department to maintain its status as an accredited agency through CAPRA (see sidebar). The plan seeks to achieve three overall objectives: 1. Use a data -driven approach to understand the existing conditions of the parks and recreation system and establish a framework for decision - making about the allocation of parks and recreation resources that is responsive to users' social, economic, and environmental needs and priorities now and into the future. 2. Recommend a vision for an integrated public realm (building on a primary theme of the 2007 plan) — including parks, natural areas, civic spaces, rights of ways, and other linear greenspace corridors — that link communities and generate multiple economic, social, and ecological benefits for the city. 3. Establish a realistic and achievable implementation strategy that allocates and leverages resources to improve, manage, and operate Miami's Parks and Recreation system. ACHIEVING CAPRA This rigorous planning process is a requirement for the Department to achieve accreditation through the National Recreation and Park Association (NRPA) Commission for Accreditation for Park and Recreation Agencies (CAPRA). CAPRA provides quality assurance and quality improvement of accredited park and recreation agencies throughout the United States by providing agencies with a management system of best practices. It is the only national accreditation of park and recreation agencies and is a valuable measure of an agency's overall quality of operation, management, and service to the community. Achieving CAPRA accreditation is the best way to demonstrate that the agency is providing the community with the highest level of service. 08 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PFirSto: Simpson ••• • 0.3.THE POWER OF PLANNING TURNING CHALLENGES INTO OPPORTUNITIES This comprehensive plan serves to lay the groundwork for the next 10 years of progress, growth, and adaptation within the City's Department of Parks and Recreation. Adaptation; noun — adjustment to environmental conditions. Adaptation is a word that is increasingly used in the urban planning context to describe strategies recommended to address a changing climate. As the Miami Climate report states: Miami's subtropical climate and proximity to the coast make the region especially susceptible to tropical storms and hurricane activity. However, climate change, population growth, and urbanization have exacerbated the impacts of these natural phenomena, leading to increased risks to for people and property related to flooding, storm surge, and extended periods of high heat. (p.1) Along with climate change, the Miami parks and recreation system faces related challenges that require adaptation: • A growing and rapidly shifting population, with high diversity, • The pressures of private development, gentrification, and community change, • An extremely low supply of park land, and limited opportunities to expand. 010 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROGRESS IN PLACE Fortunately, since the last Parks and Recreation Master Plan (2007), the Parks Department, the City, and the County, have been actively pursuing and implementing creative and dynamic solutions to these challenges: • Redesign and climate -ready reconstruction of major bayfront parks, including Morningside and Alice Wainwright • Green infrastructure installations in parks and close coordination with the City's Department of Resilience and Public Works and Miami -Dade County's Department of Water and Sewer • The acquisition of new parkland in underserved areas • The planning and development of the Underline linear park • The planning of the I-395 Underdeck park • The underline Phase 2 Project irys pnyets ppxleda d;i. 5Ortp 0� CcmmIssianers EieenHhAins&Raquel0.R g& do "MIAMI NEEDS MORE PLANT BIODIVERSITY TO EDUCATE THE CHILDREN ABOUT NATURE. MORE NATURE IN GENERAL." - COMMENT FROM THE ONLINE SURVEY 011 0.4.PLANNING PROCESS REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI follows a four -step strategic planning process, rooted in data and designed for adaptation and flexibility. Each phase of the process builds on the findings and conclusions from the previous phases. imp PHASE 1 CONTEXT ANALYSIS Phase 1 examines the existing conditions of both the city and the parks and recreation system within Miami's existing challenges, opportunities, and vision. This focus includes a review of previously completed plans, Miami's existing and projected demographics, the state of the Department, recreation programs, and parks and recreation facilities. ..Ifir PHASE 2 I — NNING CONTEXT • Existing dgcuments and plans review DEMOGRAPHCONTEXT • Existing and projected demographics analysis PARKS SYSTEM CONTEXT • Depar ent assessment • Program assessment • Parks and recreation facilities assessment NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT Phase 2 Identifies the gaps between the existing and desired conditions of the parks and recreation system. The process is based on a proven "triangulated" approach to identifying needs and priorities. It includes various anecdotal, qualitative, and quantitative methods to determine top priorities from different perspectives. ANECDOTAL METHODS • Park site evaluations • Parks and recreation trends • Analyses QUANTITATIVE METHODS • Statistically Valid Survey • Level -of -Service Analysis • Benchmarking QUALITATIVE METHODS • City leader interviews • Staff interviews • Steering Committee Meetings • Public Meetings • Project website • Project app • Online Survey 012 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PHASE 3 VISION Phase 3 outlines a vision for the plan based on findings from the first two phases of the process; 1. Best planning practices and principles; and 2. The unique desires and aspirations of the community. • Description of the Parks & Recreation • Classifications Guiding Principles, Policies/Actions • Level -of -Service metrics L J PHASE 4 ,t IMPLEMENTATION Phase 4 includes a summary of funding strategies to implement top priorities, prioritization strategy, and discusses the proposed role of the City in realizing the vision. • Funding strategies • Prioritization • Staff actions 013 CONTEXT ANALYSIS Recreationsystems occupy a unique and powerful space between the physical framework of a place and its people and culture. For many residents, parks are the public places they interact with most directly and are a government institution with the rare power to benefit a community in environmental, social, and cultural ways. 014 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Parks provide a critical opportunity to strengthen the fabric of a community by weaving together the social and cultural landscape with the built and natural environment. Because Miami is like no other city, understanding the nuances of its urban context is extremely valuable to contributing to the overall success of this plan and its impact within the community. The overall context for Miami is understood through the review and analysis of the following three specific contexts: MIAMI'S PLANNED CONTEXT The plans, initiatives, and projects recently completed and ongoing in the City of Miami. MIAMI'S DEMOGRAPHIC CONTEXT The characteristics of the existing and projected residents of Miami. MIAMI'S PARKS SYSTEM CONTEXT The organization, programmatic, and physical condition of Miami's existing parks and recreation system. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 015 1.1.MIAMI'S PLANNED CONTEXT Modern city planning invo s a conlplex layering of regulatory, legal, and enviro i. ent systems, including zoning, land use, jixcilkn, po al representation, and resource allocation, just to name a few. A variety of boundary lines —Commission District, City, County, etc. —define jurisdictional limits but also often overlap, adding complexity. Natural systems, especially streams, rivers, and coastlines are common boundaries, but they also frequently extend through numerous jurisdictions. Parks and recreation systems intersect with these many layers of the urban fabric in numerous ways, including funding, physical connections, usage, etc. In Miami's case, the City has a close relationship with Miami -Dade County, in which some public services for City residents are provided by the County and others by the City. Additionally, while the Department is the primary parks provider, some County and State owned parks are also within the City. While this plan is a comprehensive study of the citywide parks and recreation system, in order to better understand local conditions much of the analysis for this plan will compile results within each of the City's five Commission Districts, in addition to citywide. The following maps provide an overview to the City's planned context, all with specific relevance to the parks and recreation system. 016 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI • rt Mayor Francis Suarez Brickell Avenue from SE 15 Rd to SE 8 St Crosswalk Construction Ales Diaz dela Porno.. Nen Russell District 2 Foe Cualo tr lrict 3 Manelo R:yes Cnstric[a Jeffrey Watson District 5 Arthur notes, V City Manager Fleeter L 6adla Interun Direstpr Ca➢Ra[ Improvemenq Project Construction Cost: $869, 494 Project Number: 40-B30874 Downtown/Brickell Service center' [3051960-5135 vkinchens@miarnigay.com MlIAMIOC1 __ ::Il •-• Ar, FOREVER Project located in District 2. represented by • City of Mimi Commissioner Ken Russell n a. MAGIC CITY ON THE MOVE As the City of Miami continues to grow, there will be a need to update, refresh, and enhance existing infrastructure to sustain the high quality of life residents expect. -411 Page intentionally left blank 018 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI HENDRY METROPOLITAN CONTEXT Miami is the most populous city of the Miami metropolitan area. It is also the economic anchor of the South Florida mega region, a dense urban environment that extends for over 100 miles along the Atlantic coast. At a metropolitan scale, Miami is notable for being surrounded by multiple National and State Parks which offer extensive wilderness and natural area recreational opportunities within a 40 mile radius. Gulf of Mexico Big Cypress National Park MONROE Everglades National Park Water Conservation Area 2A Water Conservation Area 2B BROWARD nservation a 3A Water Conservation Area 3B Everglades NP Addition DADE Oleta River State Park • The Barnacle Historic State Park Bill Baggs Cape State Park Biscayne Bay Biscayne National Park MONROE John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park Atlantic Ocean LEGEND ▪ National/State Parks — Miami -Dade County Parks Miami City Limits County Boundaries Municipalities 20 Miles 0 Sources: City of Miami; Miami Dade County; Florida Natural Areas Inventory; Florida Geographic Data Library REGULATORY The primary regulatory boundaries within the City of Miami are the Commission Districts. Commissioners have direct influence on the parks and recreation projects and services in their districts. Community organizing often occurs at the neighborhood level, with the city divided into 107 recognized neighborhoods. There are also four additional types of districts: • Community Development Districts: government entities which levy a property fax to provide community benefits, • Community Redevelopment Agencies: which use Tax Increment Financing to redevelop areas that have been designated as slum and blight, • Historic Districts: represent significant historic development patterns and styles, and include guidelines about allowed alterations, • Downtown Development Authority: an independent economic development agency of the City of Miami funded by a special tax levy on properties within its district boundaries. Regulatory Neighborhoods Community Development District CRA Districts Historic Districts ODowntown Development Authority Boundary Liberty Northwestern Square Estates Hadley Park AlloP ttah Ind trial District 46'Currie Park Civic Center West North Sewell Park Highol'knd Grapeland South _ •'—PP'[r7Fy__ Le Jenne Heights Grapeland ••• • • 1164u Gardens Heights e........... South Sewell Park -� La Pagoda Coral Gate Citrus Grove She- ondoo North eoe Oaaklannd Shorecrest 79th Street BiPlame „_..__...._..� ver Little trioll District uena Vista West Buena Veto Heights De LEGEND r1 City Limits 1 J Commission Districts Roads Water Bodies River CRA District 10 MidtowenaVin MstaYiaardmi Prosject/ Bu 02 Omni 03 Southeast Overtown/Park West Historic District ® Bayside ®Buena Vista Post Office/ Moore Furniture Building ® Buena Vista East O Downtown Miami Commercial Historic District 08 Lummus Park ® Morningside ® MiMo 0 Riverview Historic District © Spring Garden t® South River Drive 1® Palm Grove Community Development District 1® Miami World Center ® Midtown Miami 1© Sawyer's Landing FUTURE LAND USE HIALEAH GARDENS r Future land use represents the desired future uses of city land as determined by the municipality's Comprehensive Plan. It informs decisions about re -zoning a parcel and considerations for redevelopment or adjustments to ongoing use. In Miami, all existing parks are expected to continue under the categories of either Public Parks and Recreation or Conservation. However, there are additional areas of land identified for Public Parks and Recreation that are currently in other uses, particularly along the bayfront near the city's southern edge. Future Land Use Categories - - Industrial Light Industrial Major Inst, Public Facilities, lamp And Public Parks and Recrea%wn Conservation Central Business Dislrid General Commercial Restricted Commercial Medium Density Restricted Commercial Low Density Restricted Commercial Single Family - Residential Duplex - Residential High Density Multifamily Residential Medium Density Multifamily Residential Low Density Multifamily Residential . 119111rn'osat....i t _ _ IF L'I Wik wtsl Nnno- IJ•• u. L1 SOUIH MIAMI CORAL GABLE, [L PORTAL LEGEND I1 City Limits 1 Commission Districts Roads ▪ Water Bodies ▪ River Sources: City of Miami MIAMI BEAL MIAMI BEACH 2 Miles 0 EDUCATION Schools play an integral role in the life of a city, and intersect with parks in fundamental ways, particularly with regard to youth programming. Nationwide, school land is increasingly being explored for its potential for recreation space, especially in dense urban areas like Miami where land is at a premium. Educational Facilities Public Schools Alternative ' Elementary Middle ' High/Secondary Adult Education/Technical School Pre-K Center ' Special Education Center Colleges/Universities cD. Public Libraries 022 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI :JII JYKINGJ NW I7 HST NW 14TH ST NW 11THST .S(i v i j NW 7TH it n Z 'a• �D 7'.....il.............• :m WFLtGLER ST, '�R9 SW SIH TER Ito NE7IST ST „5.. ,e. LEGEND 11 City Limits ) Commission Districts Roads - Parks - Water Bodies - River tl BEACH Sources: City of Miami; Miami -Dade County 2 Miles 0 HIALFAH GARDENS ENVIRONMENTAL Environmental conditions are important to consider when determining appropriate uses within park land, and for selecting land with potential for recreational uses. The environmental factors documented in this map demonstrate the remarkable challenges and opportunities existing in Miami, including significant areas at risk of flooding and coastal high hazards, as well as the remaining natural forest areas, beaches, and preservation districts. Also notable are the extent of brownfields in Districts 1, 2, and 5. • N'I7TH ST•e • S iti_v14iH Si 9 •• NWIITHST �—' —, • .SB' 4L.... • • ts F aa wI*II¢ , aZ N f < A • D Z W F = GLER ST' ,?J�a� mFS , . >Ot SW5TH TER • v T ti SW16TH ST • Environmental OSpecimen Tree Covenant (County) Natural Forest Community Beach Environmental Preservation Districts ▪ Coastal High Hazard Areas ▪ FEMA Flood Zone AE (100-year Flood) Brownfields • Sanitary Sewer Pump Station 023 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI SW I ST STD NE 79TH N671ST ST `r • 0 • • NE 46TH ST NW 29TH ST LEGEND r_11 City Limits j Commission Districts Roads - Parks ▪ Water Bodies ▪ River IRGIN 0 1 2 Miles O • 0 Sources: City of Miami; Miami -Dade County PUBLIC TRANSIT Public transit provides an alternative to personal vehicle travel and is a valuable component in the equity of access to parks for all residents. Additionally, transit facilities and land can provide significant opportunities for recreation, as the development of The Underline has demonstrated. Transit System f- Metro Rail �--� Metro Mover - Bus Routes - Miami Trolley Routes LEGEND I1 City Limits i Commission Districts Roads ▪ Parks ▪ Water Bodies ▪ River Sources: City of Miami; Miami -Dade County BIKEABILITY Bikeability, or bicycle level of comfort, is an analysis of roadway conditions that affect the experience for bikers sharing roads with vehicles, including number of lanes, speed limits, and volume of traffic. Understanding bike safety is critical to designing roads and bike paths that foster cycling for recreation and commuting use. - + -` i fh 8■ it a al.WWIIp_ =• h i _%II�,DI� I=_!uuU! uu i== rga;:__^1p_p1 74II�' Bicycle Level of Comfort Level 1 (Least Comfortable) Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 (Most Comfortable) LEGEND I1 City Limits 1 ! Commission Districts Roads ▪ Parks ▪ Water Bodies ▪ River Sources: City of Miami; Miami -Dade County Page intentionally left blank 026 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Page intentionally left blank CONTEXT ANALYSIS 027 PLAN REVIEW REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI is intended to integrate into the fabric of the city, expanding and improving parks and recreation services for every resident. This planning does not occur in a vacuum --it builds on previous park planning and ongoing projects, as well as the many other related plans completed in recent years. The following section includes reviews of recent Miami plans, highlighting the relevant components that will inform this effort. MIAMI PARKS AND PUBLIC SPACES MASTER PLAN (2007) r infIA4i2I ivt MIAMI PARKS AND PUBLIC SPACES WV 2007 , i PARKS RECREATION DEPARTMENT AND PLANNING DEPARTMENT This Master Plan was the last comprehensive parks plan completed for the City of Miami. THEMES / ANALYSIS Beyond the role played by traditional parks, the plan considers the entire public realm, from "plazas, to streets, sidewalks, drainage swales, and highway edges." (p.1) The primary themes were: • Connection: A connected system of parks and public spaces, rather than a collection of isolated sites, frames the civic life of the city. Greenways and blueways—pedestrian routes and accessible waterways —will connect parks and public places all over the city, extending into every neighborhood and into the region. • , ity: Parks and public spaces are the gathering places for community, where Miamians can experience the cosmopolitan diversity of an international city. The city has dynamic immigrant streams that can transform neighbor -hoods in ebbs and flows. Parks and public spaces will support and celebrate neighborhood cultural identity but also serve as the meeting place for people of all cultures. • Play: Miami's parks will provide recreation for children, teenagers and adults. Sports facilities and programmed recreation will be balanced by opportunities for self -directed activities and enjoyment of landscaped and passive green spaces. • Nature: Miami will be one of the nation's greenest and bluest cities. With tree -lined streets, well -planted parks, conservation areas and environmental education programs, and healthy waterways and shorelines, the city will be a model of sustainable management of parks and natural places. One of the primary takeaways from the analysis was that Miami has low amounts of park land relative to population. 028 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI • 3 acres / 1,000 people (compared to peer cities average of 6.8 acres / 1,000 people); 5% of total land (compared to peer cities average of 13%) From the public feedback, generally in both the statistical survey and public meetings, the following themes emerged (p. 8-9): • Miami Needs More Parks • Miami Residents Want More Access to Water —The Bay, Rivers, and Public Swimming Pools • Miami Needs More Trees and Shade • Miami Needs to Become More Pedestrian and Bike Friendly • Miami Must Take Care of the Parks it Already Has • Miami's Parks Must Serve a Variety of Needs for Diverse Communities, Balancing Active and Passive Uses COMPONENTS Neighborhood Vision for each of Miami's 13 Neighborhood Empowerment Team (NET) areas (which have since been removed by the Commission). Statitically valid survey on Facilities: • Small neighborhood parks, walking and biking trails, and large community parks were top 3 needs for park facilities. Statistically valid survey on Programming: • Adult fitness and wellness programs had highest need, followed by citywide special events and nature programs. • Restrooms, drinking fountains, and walking/biking trails were the three most requested improvements. RECOMMENDATIONS / VISION • New and Renewed Parks Goal: Acquire land so that there is a park within a quarter mile of every resident. Goal: Make the most of what we have; preserve and enhance existing park land. e ways to Experience Water Goal: Enhance and ensure public access to ' More r Nature in the City Goal: Promote environmental sustainability and education in parks and public spaces • Green Streets to Link People to Parks Goal: Create green connections across the city and into the region. • More Places to Play Goal: Refocus on priorities for recreation. RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN The 2007 Parks Master Plan provides an important basis for analyzing the park system today, by understanding what improvements were implemented based on the plan's recommendations over the last 15 years. Additionally, there are carryover recommendations from the plan that are still relevant and need to be addressed. The plan advocated for expanding the concept of parks and recreation across the public realm, taking a "connected system" approach. This vision continues to be relevant as cities across the nation seek to better integrate pubic greenspace into new development and ensure that all major public infrastructure projects include a recreation element. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 029 THE CITY OF MIAMI'S COMPREHENSIVE STORMWATER MASTER PLAN (2021) DRAFT March 2021 UMMARY The City of Miami's Comprehensive Stormwater Master Plan (B-30632A) , Miami historically has experienced significant flooding from rainfall and tidal events, and due to ongoing changes in land use from redevelopment, increasing sea levels, and extreme rainfall, flooding is expected to continue to be a major issue. This plan was created to "protect public safety and infrastructure from local and regional flooding while meeting regulatory requirements which protect the environment." THEMES / ANALYSIS The plan provides the structure to establish a GIS- database, stormwater model, and capital improvement program (CIP), as well as a policy framework to mitigate flooding, improve water quality, and the strengthen the shorelines from tidal storm inundation. • Components (Project Phases) • Data Collection and Evaluation Phase • Stormwater Modeling Phase • Sea Level Rise Evaluation and Resiliency Consideration Phase • Capital Improvement Program Phase RECOMMENDATIONS / VISION Of the following stormwater management opportunities and needs in the CIP, two of the 6 directly reference installation in parks: • Exfiltration systems: These straight -forward and modular systems that serve to infiltrate stormwater into the porous, surficial aquifer can be installed whenever park or landscape improvements are implemented. • Recharge/Discharge Wells Green Infrastructure: the use of natural planted systems to collect, store, treat and infiltrate stormwater can be implemented in parks. In addition to improving chronic flooding areas, these systems also can reduce the use of previous potable water for irrigation. • Backflow Preventers Pump Stations • Seawalls Two CIP alternatives are described that include specific projects related to parks in their initial phase: • Latin Quarter and Henderson Park Stormwater Flooding Improvements and Lawrence Pump Station Upgrades (Est. $58M) • Jose Marti Park Seawall, Shoreline, and Flood Improvements (Est. $37M) Of the overall "Near -Term Resiliency Planning and Actions," one recommendation represents the opportunity for large-scale nature preserves: 030 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Preserving or Creating Natural Coastal Wetlands: Several published reports have shown the benefit of "nature - based" coastal defenses such as mangroves and wetlands abilities to reduce inland property damage from surge flooding during storms. Creating, protecting, and strengthening natural infrastructure living shorelines such as coral reefs, oyster reefs, and marshes are the first lines of defense. The primary natural shoreline protection mechanism is their inherent ability to dissipate wave energy and block surge flow similar to the effect of artificial defenses such as seawalls. By comparison, natural or nature -based coastal defenses can be cost-effective, self -maintaining, and adaptable to changing conditions including sea level rise, and work in harmony with the natural environment. Southeast Florida's coral reefs, beaches, dunes, wetlands and coastal forests provide a habitat for indigenous wildlife and are understood to be an integral part of the diverse mix of attractions that anchors the region's tourism and real estate -driven economy and are part of the goals of the Southeast Florida Climate Compact. (p. 5-4) RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN Parks will be a critical component of the success of the SWMP plan. Adding new stormwater management facilities in parks, including exfiltration, green infrastructure, and preservation and creation of wetlands all will need to occur to achieve the Levels of Service outlined in the plan. Additionally, new stormwater pump stations may be integrated into park spaces, both existing and new. Finally, public awareness is crucial to gain the trust, buy -in, and engagement into resiliency programs, and parks offer important spaces to provide the public with information about progress towards achieving the CIPs. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 031 MIAMI FOREVER — CLIMATE READY (2020) MIAMI FOREVER i This climate adaptation strategy plan was created to align with, and build off, other climate adaptation plans created around the same time: • Resilient305: a climate adaption strategy developed in partnership with Miami -Dade County and Miami Beach • Regional Climate Action Plan 2.0 (Southeast Florida Regional Climate Change Compact) THEMES / ANALYSIS Miami faces numerous threats related to sea level rise and flooding, storms, and heat, all being exacerbated by climate change. A few specific examples include: • South Florida's drinking water supplies are becoming more susceptible to saltwater intrusion as sea levels rise. (p. 2) • Storm surge levels and rainfall during hurricanes are projected to increase as the climate continues to warm the atmosphere and ocean, and seas rise. • Today Miami experiences approximately 130 days at or above 90° F(32.2°C) degrees per year, roughly 1/3 of the year. By 2080, this number is expected to increase to approximately 180 days per year. Due to Miami's high humidity, the number of days with an extreme heat index (days where it feels over 90° F/32.2°C), is projected to grow and exceed any other city in the country by 2050. Miami currently has about 25 days a year that feel 104°F (40°C) or hotter. By 2050 that could increase to over 100 days per year. (p. 3) One sector that will be strongly influenced by climate change impacts is housing and development: property values are starting to reveal shifts in demand; National Flood Insurance Program will eventually move to risk -based insurance; and mortgage companies are beginning to take climate risk into account. (p. 3) • Spending money on climate resilience pays dividends; return on investment ratios for climate adaptation projects range from 2:1 to even 10:1. (p. 3) COMPONENTS The strategy includes 8 principles, many of which include aspects that involve parks, greenspaces, and recreation: 1. Maximize multiple benefits 2. Use public resources efficiently and maximize partnerships 3. Incorporate local involvement in design and decision -making 4. Address equity 5. Utilize technology and innovation b. Leverage and protect our natural systems 7. Create layers of protection by working at multiple scales 8. Design in flexibility and adaptability The plan also lays out 5 goals, which, if implemented as 032 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI articulated, will "significantly reduce the increasing risks of flood, head, and storm impacts over the next 40 years." 1. Ensure Decisions are data -driven and human - centered 2. Inform, prepare, and engage our residents and businesses 3. Protect and enhance our waterfront 4. Invest in resilient and smart infrastructure 5. Promote adaptive neighborhoods and buildings. RECOMMENDATIONS / VISION The Action Plan is laid out in 4 Implementation phases: 1. Years 0-1 2. Years 2-3 3. Years 4-6 4. Years 7+ And includes 5 types of Actions: 1. PLAN development of a document or gathering information intended to inform future initiatives 2. POLICY update or addition to a City policy or standard 3. PROGRAM creation or refinement of an on -going initiative that typically serves external stakeholders 4. PROJECT a one-time initiative to develop a specific deliverable 5. PROTOCOL revision or addition to the standard operating procedure, practices, or operations of a City Department The following Actions are noted due to their listing of the Parks Department as a Lead, or one of the implementation Partners: Goal 1 Phase 2 > PLAN • (Partner) Consider integrating recommendations from MDC Biscayne Bay Task Force into policy, infrastructure, operations, and education. Goal 2 Phase 1 > PLAN • (Partner) Improve storm and extreme weather preparedness outreach by covering a more comprehensive list of topics in outreach, targeting vulnerable populations using a multi -media (including possible electronic message boards in key locations, mobile texts, flyers) approach, and leveraging partnerships to increase constituents reached. Phase 1 > PROGRAM (Partner) Create a campaign to inform and encourage proper selection, planting and maintenance of trees, with an emphasis on tree maintenance during hurricane season. (Partner) Enhance existing educational anti -litter and cleanup programs and implement data -based policies from city-wide plastic pollution survey of recommendations to reduce impacts of litter and plastic pollution. • (Partner) Continue to provide CERT trainings and recertification courses on a periodic basis throughout distinct geographical areas of the City. Strengthen the CERT program by developing methods for CERT members to communicate with each other and the City, helping members organize teams both pre - and post -disaster, and update curriculum to include climate change hazard and risk information. Phase 1 > PROJECT • (Partner) Identify and assess City -owned sites to potentially serve as neighborhood resilience hubs, sites that will serve as central points of information, resource distribution (PODs), and refuge for City constituents before and after a disaster event, but also provide our constituents with year-round programming and social services. Begin storm hardening and installation of basic enhancements where funding is available. Phase 1 > PROTOCOL • (Partner) Promote Climate Resilience Committee meetings as a two-way engagement channel for CONTEXT ANALYSIS 033 residents to learn about and advocate for resilience initiatives. Host meetings in different neighborhoods throughout the City to give more residents access. Phase 2 > PLAN • (Partner) Engage community to refine programming and physical enhancements desired at resilience hubs. Use gathered feedback to develop design and functionality criteria that will inform future programming, work orders, and RFPs. Phase 4 > PROJECT • (Lead) Complete network of resilience hubs at strategically selected City properties to prepare our communities for climate change impacts and accelerate recovery after disruptions. Continue physical and programming enhancements at all sites. (See Featured Action 2.3) FEATURED ACTION 2.3 RESILIENCE HUBS Resilience Hubs are community -serving facilities augmented to support residents, coordinate communication, and distribute resources, while enhancing quality of life. Hub sites will serve as central points of information and resource distribution (PODS) for City constituents before and after a disaster event but also provide our constituents with year-round programming, social services, and amenities that can connect them to economic opportunity and enhance public health and safety. This is an emerging concept in community resilience, inspired by historically successful community centers and pioneered by the Urban Sustainability Directors Network. Goal 3 Phase 2 > PROJECT • (Partner) Select and begin design work on 1 -2 sites for a living shoreline demonstration project. Use these demonstrations to build partnerships and shared learning across agencies for new approaches to building resilience and supporting the health of Biscayne Bay. Phase 2 > POLICY • (Partner) Develop and build upon landscaping and vegetation standards that require native plantings for city swales and along waterfront areas that are more resilient to salt water, hurricanes, and extreme weather events. Goal 4 Phase 1 > PROTOCOL • (Partner) Leverage funding allocated from existing grants, Bond, and capital plan by pursuing matching Federal and State grant funds. Phase 2 > PR3EC (Partner) Implement Tranche 1 of the Miami Forever Bond which includes basic flood mitigation projects such as back flow prevention valves, select drainage improvements, and planning and design for prototype projects on the Bay and the Miami River. (See Featured Action 4.1) PROTOCOL (Partner) Refine application and review process for Special Area Plans (SAP) and development on City -owned property to mandate engagement with surrounding community, evaluation of impacts on community and public infrastructure, and negotiation of public benefits. Phase 4 > PLAN • (Lead) Ensure every resident is able to access a park within a 10 minute walk by preserving and enhancing existing natural areas and expanding Miami's overall park space from 7% to 15%. Use Trust for Public Lands' analysis to inform and prioritize locations for new park acquisition. RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN: As noted in each of the referenced Actions, the Parks Department is an integral partner in many of the initiatives, and lead on two of the Phase 4 (long-term) actions. 034 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI MIAMI FOREVER — CARBON NEUTRAL (2021) A OREVER ARGON NEUT City of Miami Greenhouse Gas Reduction Plan and Pathway to Carbon Neutrality by 2050 : MIAMI PO EVER 1 1 This is Miami's Greenhouse Gas Reduction Plan (GHG) and a roadmap to achieve carbon neutrality by 2050 in the community, strengthen the local economy, and enhance climate justice. The Plan is focused on rapidly decreasing greenhouse gas emissions from sources within City of Miami's jurisdiction, aiming to achieve a minimum 60% reduction in emissions from 2018 levels by 2035 and setting the City up to get as close to zero emissions as possible. THEMES / ANALYSIS Human -caused GHG emissions from activities like burning fossil fuels to produce electricity or driving cars are the primary contributors to global climate change. 70% of global carbon dioxide emissions (the primary human - caused greenhouse gas) come from cities, which means local governments must be leaders in their commitment to ambitious actions that drastically reduce emissions to avoid the worst impacts of climate change. Miami is a low-lying, subtropical, coastal city, which makes it susceptible to flooding due to sea level rise, impacts from intensifying tropical storms, and extreme heat. This confluence of factors paired with population density and exposed assets makes greater Miami one of the most vulnerable areas to climate change in the world. The plan establishes 2018 as the base year for an inventory of emissions, the starting point against which GHG Plan progress can be measured. Citywide emissions in 2018 totaled approximately 3.3 million Metric Tons of Carbon Dioxide, with the sources described in Fig. 1. For comparison, these emissions are equivalent to the emissions of 717,684 passenger vehicles for one year. 26°I� Residential Energy Cornrnerr. al Energy 35% On -Road Transpartatlon 43% • On -Rood Transportation Commercial Energy • Res.denbal Energy dr Manufacturing/Construction Energy • FugIRlve Emi *on • NOn•Specifled Energy Sources • Railways ■ Wastewater COMPONENTS The plan establishes a GREEN goal framework of five overarching goals, which includes four quantified objectives and five qualitative objectives: • G — Getting Around Miami » Objective: 15% less private vehicle trips compared to 2018 levels by 2035 (magenta wedge) • R — Renewable Energy Objective: 100% carbon -free electricity by 2035 (orange wedge) Objective: 35% reduction in on -site natural gas emissions compared to 2018 levels by 2035 (light blue wedges) CONTEXT ANALYSIS 035 • E — Electric Vehicles » Objective: 40% of registered passenger vehicles are electric by 2035* (pink wedge) • E — Energy Efficiency Objective: Improve energy efficiency in buildings to decrease overall energy consumption and support achievement of Goal 2: Renewable Energy (dark blue wedge) » • N — New Economy Objective: Grow the Green Economy Ecosystem Objective: Recruit and Retain Green Workforce Objective: Open Occupational Pathways Objective: Welcome and Support Green Industry Miami's GHG Plan actions were assessed using the C40 Cities Action Selection and Prioritization (ASAP) tool —a software tool that documents actions and provides outputs to support the climate action decision - making process through a comparison of action benefits and challenges. ASAP helps users assess the impact of actions based on multiple evaluation criteria, including primary benefits (e.g., GHG emissions reduction), co -benefits (e.g., public health and employment) and feasibility (e.g., costs). (p. 16) Miami used ASAP to evaluate individual actions' relative emissions reduction potential and their impact on nine co -benefit and feasibility criteria. The co -benefit and feasibility evaluation criteria were developed to align with community and City priorities (p. 16) One of the Co -Benefits has particular relevance for the Parks Department: • Greenspace and Green Infrastructure - Increase greenspace or green infrastructure conservation, creation, or regeneration. NOTE: Greenspace is a principle considered across all actions, but no specific greenspace actions are included in this plan. For greenspace and tree canopy initiatives, see Miami Forever Climate Ready adaptation strategy. RECOMMENDATIONS / VISION The Action Plan is laid out in 3 Implementation phases: 1. Significant progress 2. Significant progress 3. Significant progress beyond) Each of the Goals include numerous Actions, each with Action Details. The following Actions are noted for the their relevance to Parks and Recreation planning: • C Collaborate with Miami -Dade County and local advocacy groups to increase utilization of biking as a transit method by implementing the Bicycle Master Plan and expanding the number of protected, green bikeways. As the County controls most public streets, collaboration is necessary for Miami to implement its Bicycle Master Plan. This action includes greening the bicycle network and installing shade, water fountains, and bike repair infrastructure along bike paths to improve rider comfort and safety. • G-10: Improve pedestrian experience and safety through investments in sidewalks such as ADA compliance measures and increasing number of crosswalks, especially in low -medium income areas. Increasing quality pedestrian infrastructure will encourage residents and visitors to walk to their destinations. Strategies include increasing the amount of shaded walkways and greening right-of-ways as well as completing the Baywalk and Riverwalk. in years 1-3 (by end of 2024) in years 4-6 (by end of 2026) in 7 or more years (2027 and 036 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 1 0 u a.wa.00a ' €IIdI4ury Generation n R R Rlf�lllt�'OIl Rill Building Energy • Llfrcrenry Transportation &lading Energy Furl .aptrh 1 Remaining Emiav IME..�. ""IF"' Faecbi TranapvrWlon-FuN get rrajrritai • R-5: Install solar and storage in public buildings or parking structures where feasible, prioritizing critical facilities. Resilience Hubs can be used as solar pilot loca to showcase solar and storage systems within a facility designated to provide critical service during power outages. First step will be feasibility assessments for selected facilities. • EV-6: Electrify 100% of public vehicle fleet, including trolleys by 2035. The City will week with the Electrification Coalition and other technical! support teams to develop an EV transition plan. The City will develop information on lessons learned through this process to share with private fleet managers. Emergency response vehicles have been excluded in the near -term, but they will upgrade when feasible. • E-3: Require all new public buildings to be built to zero net energy standards starting in 2025. Requiring all -electric, zero net energy new public building construction would help demonstrate the Clean Electricity — 100% carbon free electricity Energy Efficiency— Improve energy efficiency in buildings Fuel Switch— 35% reduction in on -site natural gas emissions Travel Mode —15% less single occupant vehicle trips Passenger EVs — 40% of passenger vehicles sibility of net zero construction in Miami and allow the City to lead by example. • NE-6: Expand the Miami Summer Jobs Connect program to include internships that align with the new green economy. Introducing Miami youth to green jobs, particularly jobs that offer living wages and long-term growth opportunities, early in their career can ensure that Miami has a supply of qualified workers to support green economic growth and climate action goals. RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN: As noted in each of the selected Actions, the Parks Department will need to be a partner with other City agencies on many of the initiatives, and has the opportunity to be a driving force behind green jobs creation and green infrastructure implementation. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 037 MIAMI RIVER GREENWAY ACTION PLAN (2001) This plan considers the easternmost 5.5 miles of the Miami River for a variety of physical improvements. The study area extends along both sides of the river, up to 2,500 feet from the river at the longest point on either side. THEMES / ANALYSIS The following are the principal river greenway themes that emerged from meetings and analysis: • "The Miami River is • "The Miami River is "The Miami River is "The Miami River is Resource at Risk" Our Home" a Working River" a Destination Landscape" an Important Environmental • "The Miami River is an Economic Resource" • "The Miami River is Part of Our Heritage" COMPONENTS The plan defines three overarching concepts: 1. Three Distinctive Characters a. Lower River b. Middle River c. Upper River 2. River Greenway Themes (see Themes above) 3. Goals and Objectives RECOMMENDATIONS / VISION The Development Program consists of five key elements: 1. Points of public entry or "gateways" to the river corridor; 2. A primary system of public land and water -based trails; 3. Improvements and enhancements to existing parks; 4. Improvements and enhancements to existing bridges and roadways; and 5. Improvements and enhancements to river channel banks. RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN: The plan has led to new and improved greenspaces along the Miami River. As the Miami River continues to be a corridor for redevelopment, the plan serves as a guiding document. 038 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Miami Riuer Greenway Newsletter Throughout the planning process for the Miami River Greenway, the consultant has published three issues of the Miami River Greenway Newsletter specifically for this project. More than 1200 copies of this newsletter have been distributed throughout the community. An example of the newsletter published by the Team is illustrated within this chapter. The newsletter has offered an explanation of the planning process, a summary of key recommendations, and the results of public comment- The consultant recommends continuing the newsletter during the development phase of the Greenway and transforming it into a permanent source of information about greenway events. Copies of the Greenway Newslet- ters are available at the Trust for Public Land and the Miami River Commission. The newsletter is also available for viewing by visiting www.tpl.org. Miami Riuer Greenway news R bYA P.Jcd 1e Tenn kw Fume Lead sod Grammy. IP;r;mnee MO rcn lnlb Public Workshops to be Held for Miami River Dreenway Plan e1lw4 Old 3 MOS. Ct tlS Pkak 11111IJJ24Wean ry911y,'jAI1 n 1-pPl wedntseay, hpr15 di 731Pm Emir/ Miler fielg10.11091feeler fined Lud34(IN SMyrirdml 1m 2114517111 117111111 marl Future of the Riuer to be Discussed at Workshops What de y0o Kali ere Mimi Rhea eh101Wok Nee ii tee yews? T.enlype.a?What is unprManl axu1 a0{e.. Male te000Oc rease..T Wildwee re IOytvrems'M atrww Ca made? Tan Taos: fen 0.Yk _ea.: and Gienwrya !Mar., rala].11 M kasha led' re... Ye le ammo eerie e nd Ober q..lyn. duda9 a seem d wN4 mere MOO Ea Apt,/ 3. 1. Mel Tana Wow hive *ea01 hen WO al AWL MOW W p.ta ncrl t1laenb areetre4tiq a r.,. aaE geed kr the Men, Wirt Wear oar P..4..ad*Iw J. bar intro. on AW Shew brnr1. lrmm *we,. engy Raedme an, weed b Mena 10 One d lhe.e aaA- .hopa and anal .Moe the loan` Rhnl Grimmer P4a YYgrawrwsal. 90 OW In NUN arkspe0- an. Pn:6. ft a e Lt .art.0 W w 104001 On II. Craft Mom' RAe. Ote1mr0y 19Man 4tl GOS Y Want Ted M100S R5.ore a,maedormnmr ewer hawk awn, rWarg mmal.t0 Or Mr elm00 00* AC Man. aver e 040 serves 10 stair 0.. Aver el1Ab.a a1.41014 Lr16 wavy rraArgxx.an.avy Ire Mum! Ric• G.crm^0y .41 taalp b lyproec .nv Ram mane. aaa.Dwrg d awenm..ryay • herwpw..1010& weenie Ow ....an • arYa4kg a. n.eergtRy0llrnA.. ..PP4p • raw aW maaq.nw. away k am rtaw 4 abakkodnana 0rnwne.nc • aP++vaa as. w>maaKur. • 4ab.g M*408.. pwm1ntecso x 4*tols rb bPwther 011ot • commalnr+rAedMA�'MeYv comma* Miami Riuer Greenway news A Jwrn Protect el Me 1.ust N1 Public Lend are Gr¢armayalinonarered J.0uery 2000 Greenway fiction Plan Underway Tke'Nat in P..-0It Lana hhaa aitaMkGrcaarara Incorpalaal hire Pura#Md an solar pan Mt that,. ChM a 5eanway aka50. M'aa Myr. Me to 1M diffklpnl from P1as d+a plena 1a♦h as it it mmp'a1e.1' funded by private dpttara. Involves a rarely m eenkaM10010. oat NM tmeain $0110 reenrmperea- ions for 0MPns to ha Wen. R sales Of alakempl0r owei.ga arc epki, place lii0 whiff Co waned. npll from government dr lab.novel- Mars.alappara.,+eX'1-rrn,,,d aWorertlmises. and other ink adpays-wd'ceducalcnendpatner- 101P tgpro osemip1p>mppnwiea 010*0 pLnnry Pt0LVts.401 a19 Menem. a1Pl pubic 0G ,thops10 ba lagd'Oahe spr.47. Tay TN plan 000 es released 10 Nw 1111 a20ha The ka[pn pre dMOS al 1hiaa m00ivo W1111>B ara8- IWMIn114nna*Onion ofpa narslahr. What isa Greenway? A gaenwpy m: • R wayienreln4PPGW8 Ond Pmtaa piano Irepval w maanlsde acedwa; • h''.ear lca1w Ihm prwQG5lee flamer. hislorle end social character of an e196; • Aepmpibegn It press fappepp m pq, week, skate. Weak.*0.0 reef_ How Will a Greenway Improve the Ritter? The rebel lever &eenway w11 tenant everyone 0To lags. a0A1. Warns ae pNgs ter the Wee, Ihm Wl. - provid+q &Ta GPppthinilaa for O.ader Baat- Saa.-Peb1it open Spate is 110K1N rr0.Y lha RirO, 44. t[enlen wM Miami Riuer Greenway news rt Jan! Proper N the 'Mal I0 01001 c Lan: ral Canp•wga emdpwalee fimhltious Program of fiction Featured in Final Report Fn.l mmmmwprp•e new 0000110001010E 1d Ilu M rm Raw 4rccwaaykagn No. rnq r4el a. auto L41r0-i1 p.LlrenawN rQleem.ay0I.4arpea e.I www.oE anan.0 4 W .1n.a .., 6an4pnrat ream 1t the Mao: Rau Oleeakay. 1M.e WKan Oeac mensaran 1e Ow harm Ray Can Malta b(Mai ppmrir0. Fevre Ran deka, a04 gp..1w • awrakalp dr0 nnaa<y.ierankine salOO p Lan • rcWrinp War emir d.rap40012. m0Aa era and 1a,0P•Mrarnwrm bilk. • a0'Ya••r0as1 ear*na0e oar, naanaa .aa.. nnalanµ;.mpran p.4.Wm 000 wet.YYnm. • amp'.; se.awple tie.: Rhyme, war., yrxp tow e:lwst • 05101 amid- 11 0051! 0Wsn LM tdirMI nay+ -porn, wawa n ink as MOCcaap • rm.y new nod& p.r0J1nd and yarawnr e W ermmnekaMtae in Aa dm, ale nem rsmleyp. rc� pelve. le. Wing .m Ito pan aka pprE0 daocuonbt op. mow., roa.e.merrea. man.. one rod./ OW.. Ow ono ric4way Velem M anima a.or y0.,. lion pan n..EYn.d n Ih0 aged doom.. II a an rived MO wall lease Axel Werin•1n wi 00...hi a:h ptga. devet:pmenl edm1... Ma adz. pan repro rat boon roalate a app.v v0 1Nveal keels 00411 na411050 N11p L... O. memo erne iicialho • Mai Wan Gevebptnan Rev... Beira •.fist PPPaYr�kaaxI�1ap lacy Burl .NW 401800 PO Bipfilt6foRahway ory CanmMa • BOW KaWanda.. Afaitay Be • mran4 Enw.nwnw P.eaerwarl Has' ro loam room aeo.l P.Paa1 mcntnmandalem a„, nMadan plan+coat e0e the rmerec ode el as .a, all! ra Wain a NALL wary Gldroo A.meat mew, ke5l of You anal a:a'01a41 aW t Kneen Oh a:i :a•. ream.n .son ue Tr0n re Paso Lam]. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 039 MIAMI RIVER COMMISSION MIAMI'S 21ST CENTURY PARK ONIEVOICF for the river Miami's 21 st Century Park An Integrated System of Parks and Greenways along the Miami River The Miami River Commission's (MRC) adopted strategic plan, the Miami River Corridor Urban !dill Plan, recommends providing additional greenspace where feasible, increasing tree canopy, beautifying beneath bridges, and creation of the Miami River Greenway. The following report outlines several potential oppor- tunity sites to bring these recommendations to fruition. Creating new parks and greenspace are critical components to improving quality of life and our natural environment. Expanding the parks and green - ways along the Miami River provide an opportunity for the City of Miami to create a single integrated "Central Park" system. The Miami River Greenway will become a destination landscape for tourists and residents alike, connecting the River's multi -cultural neighborhoods, parks, and providing public access to the riverfront. The MRC has partnered with the City of Miami, Miami -Dade County, the State of Florida, Congress, the Trust for Public Land and the private development community in recently creating six new waterfront parks, and we look forward to continuing this mutual effort. This plan provides recommendations that emerged out of the Commission's adopted strategic plan, Miami River Corridor Urban Infill Plan (2002). The report outlines 17 potential parks and greenspace opportunities, ranging from small landscaping and art projects to large park facilities on both County -owned and FDOT land. RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN: Discussions with Brett Bibeau of Miami River Commission resulted in updated recommendations for greenspace opportunities in the Miami River corridor (see Chapter 4 - Recommendations + Vision). Construct riverwalk on FDOT- owned public right-of-way adjacent and beneath the north shore of the 27 Ave Bridge, with landscaping, decorative lighting, and a mural, to connect with planned riverwalk at Aguaclara development. Create new pocket park to the south east of the 27 Ave Bridge, along the north shore of the North Fork. 'nXNEre W S011M Paint mural and landscape beneath the north shore of the 22 Ave Bridge. Provide public accessibility to the Miccosukee Tribe -owned historic limerock caves located at 1750 NW South River Drive (26,345 square feet), which is across S. River Drive from Sewell Park. Sewell Park may feature kayak use along the Lawrence Canal to the limerock cave area. Inside existing Sewell Park, remove the second of two fences which blocks public access to 1/3 of the Park, construct restroom facility and guardhouse at park entrance, install historical markers, repair existing water fountain and pedestrian paths. Ta`xhart`'� 1��5�� is r,0•\_ *&avaik* '‘A•17;: Create major part County -owned pt 1407 NW 7 ST, fe improved riverwa sca ping, decoratit benches, playg rot fencing for adjae King High housin Construct Riverwalk on County - owned public right-of-way adjacent and beneath the north shore of the NW 17 Ave Bridge, with landscaping, decorative lighting and a mural, to connect with the riverwalk section planned at 1690 NW North River Drive. Create pocket park on County -owned public right-of-way on the south east side, of the bridge. Expand Fern Isle Park to the north shore of the South Fork, onto a portion of the 366,121 square foot Police Benevolent Association property. The existing Tamiami Swing Bridge may be relocated to this location as a pedestrian bridge, linking Fern Isle Park with the expanded park area. Construct Greenway along both shores of the South Fork, remove fences blocking public access to the waterfront, and improve the western portion of Fern Isle Park. 040 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI I(imp iF k facility on operty at :aturing Ik, land- ve lighting, And, and ent Robert g facility. 1111 Create pocket park on County -owned easement on South River Drive and NW 2 St. by removing fence, installing landscaping, bench, and decorative lighting. Construct Riverwalk along both shores on Miami Dade Expressway Authority and City of Miami - owned public right-of-way, with landscaping, decorative lighting, and way -finding signage. The Riverwalk would connect with existing riverwalk on the south shore, immediately east of 1-836, and planned riverwalk on the north shore immediately west of 1-836 at the approved "Miami Rivertown" mixed -use development. Create pocket park on Bellsouth owned easement on South River Drive and NW 1 St. by removing fence, installing landscaping, bench, and decorative lighting. Construct Riverwalk along both shores on FDOT- owned public right-of-way located beneath and adjacent to the planned new NW 12 Ave Bridge, with landscaping, decorative lighting, and murals. Create riverfront park immediately west of approved Royal Atlantic development, featuring riverwalk, landscaping, decorative lighting and way -finding signage. The potential new park area would be directly east of the proposed Miami River Urban Design Center. Consider creating a new riverfront park on the north shore between Flagler and the 1st ST Bridge. The area would include the historically designated East Coast Fisheries structure. The potential new greenspace would include a riverwalk, landscaping, historical marker and decorative lighting. The FDOT- owned public right-of-way beneath and adjacent to the east side of the Flagler Bridge should be improved with landscaping, decorative lighting, mural, and fence removal, which block public access to the existing pedestrian staircase. An on -road Greenway along North River Drive will break ground in 2006. Construct Riverwalk along both shores on FDOT-owned public right-of-way located beneath and adjacent to the planned new NW 5 ST Bridge, with landscaping, decorative lighting, and murals. Congress appropriated $2.7 million for this purpose in the FY '06 transportation bill. Beautify FDOT-owned public right-of-way on both shores beneath and adjacent to the 1st ST Bridge, via constructing the riverwalk, landscaping, decorative lighting, murals and remove fencing blocking public access to existing pedestrian staircase. Adjacent on -road Greenway along South River Drive is currently under construction, and will break ground along North River Drive in 2006. New and planned developments and restaurants are immediately adjacent. az rill Beautify Jose Marti Park area beneath 1-95, via constructing riverwalk extension, with landscaping, decorative lighting, benches, etc., to connect the existing riverwalk to the west of 1-95 in the Park with the funded on -road greenway exiting the Park onto SW 3rd Ave. The City of Miami owns this property. Extend the "Beethoven Promenade" two additional blocks north, to the river's south shore, along the existing pedestrian path. 0n the north shore provide Greenway connectivity between the existing publicly accessible riverwalk at the FPL utility site, proceeding east beneath Metro -Rail, to connect with the riverwalk section under construction at "Ivy" and "Wind" developments. In addition, beautify the existing pedestrian path proceeding north beneath the Metro -Rail to SW 3 ST with additional landscaping, decorative lighting, and the removal of all fences. Miami -Dade County owns this property. Remove fences and construct riverwalk with landscaping, deco- rative lighting, and a mural, on County -owned right-of-way beneath and adjacent to the South Miami Ave Bridge, to con- nect the new riverwalk section immediately east of the Bridge at "One Riverview Square" office building, with the "Wind" residen- tial development's riverwalk sec- tion currently under construction immediately west of the Bridge. Utilize approved County Bond funding to reduce the loud noise generated on the bascule spans when vehicles cross the Bridge. Create a Miami Circle Visitors Center immediately adjacent to the Circle site, on Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) owned public right-of- way, beneath the south side of the Brickell Bridge. This area may include necessary accommodations such as restrooms, water fountains, historical exhibits, and perhaps a small cafe area. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 041 OVERTOWN GREENPRINT PLAN (2002) I Fri 11. k I \• •N ( I A fnI7I u AY' m 'Plume the. physind. rniral artd rrwtorau quaflry flhfar airrinwn rrsidmrt prepared far THE TRUST FOR PUBLIC LAND 1 Overtown is one of Miami's most historic neighborhoods, but beginning in the 1960s, it suffered from freeway construction, disinvestment, and high poverty rates. This plan aims to develop an interconnected system of urban open spaces including parks, green spaces, plazas, gardens, sidewalks and bikeways, that are needed to meet residents' daily recreation, social and living needs and are critical to neighborhood vitality. This system of public improvements is intended to stabilize and reinvigorate the neighborhood and demonstrate a community commitment that will attract essential private reinvestment. RECOMMENDATIONS / VISION • Renovation of Existing Community Parks: to make them more inviting, attractive and useful for Overtown residents • Development of Greenways: linear parks that connect the neighborhood with other important landmarks, activity centers and resources in Overtown and surrounding communities • Development of Gateways and Community Gardens: to beautify the community, to reinforce its unique identity, and to encourage community involvement • Development of New Community Gathering Spaces: Overtown Market for green produce, crafts shows and other marketplace activities; and Overtown Green for special events and festivals • Redevelopment of Major Community Pathways: with shade trees, streetlights, wide multipurpose paths and/or bike lanes, to provide safe, functional bicycle/pedestrian corridors throughout the community • Development of New Neighborhood Parks: to ensure that every resident has convenient access to open space and recreation facilities Enhancement of Existing Sidewalks: to provide a safe, shaded, interconnected system • Highlight and Support the Overtown Segment of the Black Heritage Trail: to educate and inform residents and visitors about Overtown's rich historic and cultural heritage through the use of interpretive signs, exhibits, public art, music, markers and existing buildings RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN: As noted in the plan, the development of an interconnected system of parks is considered to be an integral part of the stabilization and reinvigoration of the neighborhood. 042 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The websites related to the following initiatives, as well as relevant planning documents and reports, were also reviewed: Virginia Key Master Plan(s) • The Underline • Miami Freedom Park • The 1-395 Underdeck MULTIPURPOSE FIELDS COVERED PARKING SOCCER VILLAGE OF FOOD, BEVERAGE, RETAIL RELEVANCE TO THIS PLAN: Each of these proposed projects are an integral park of the City of Miami parks and recreation system and will be integrated into the analysis and recommendations of the plan. INTEGRATED BIKE,, PATHS r RACKS TO PARK OVER 255 BIKES IC INTEGRATION OF EXISTING WATER PARK AND BASEBALL FIELDS r HEW PUBLIC PARK ACCESS WITH IMPROVED CROSSWALKS !NEW TRAFFIC CONTROL ' .R �a I MO. wsm wu TO 'WRY 130 ACRES OF ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION MLS TEAM WITH 25,000 SEAT STADIUM TECH HUB 750 ROTEL PROPOSE! • MASS TRA CONNECT! NEW CRC TRAFFIC CONTEXT ANALYSIS 043 1.2.DEMOGRAPHIC CONTEXT Miami has a well-earned reputation as cosmopolitan city, consistently ranking as the major US it wit e largest percentage of foreign -born reside ince its founding, Miami has been a diverse and rapidly growing city, with residents arriving from througho t the United States, and particularly from the Caribbea000 tin America. The characteristics and distribution of Miami's residents provide critical insights related to the potential that this plan has for improving the quality of life of residents in the city. This section is an overview of the key findings from the analysis of specific demographic attributes —each with specific relevance for parks and recreation planning —including: • POPULATION CHANGE • ETHNICITY • POPULATION DENSITY • INCOME • AGE • POVERTY • RACE • SOCIAL VULNERABILITY In this analysis, many of the demographics are mapped at the Census Tract level, which provides a highly localized look at conditions across the city. Certain attributes were also calculated per Commission District, which allows residents and politicians to make direct comparisons between the City's political divisions. 044 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI GROWING DIVERSITY Miami has long been one ofAmerica's most diverse cities, and projected population growth isexpected tocontinue adding residents from awide range ofethnic origins. CONTEXT ANALYSIS POPULATION CHANGE Population change is a primary factor to consider in parks and recreation system planning. A growing population typically suggests a need to expand parks and recreation services, in order to maintain or improve the levels of service that have already been experienced by residents in recent years. Miami's historical population growth, while continuous, has not been consistent. It has occurred in waves, with certain decades experiencing significant increases. For the first half of the 20th century, Miami's growth was significant, with a 274% increase in population from 1920-1929, for example. From 1970 to 2000, growth slowed, rising only 3.5%, 3.4%, and 1.1% per decade, respectively. Since 2000, however, growth has increased above 10% in each decade, well above the national rate of 7.4%. Since 2010, four of the City's five Commission Districts have grown (see chart below), with District 2 projected to nearly double in population by 2032. In contrast, District 4 has lost population, and while it is projected to grow in the next 10 years, it is not projected to reach its 2010 population. 500,000 400,000 300,000 200,000 100,000 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 Notably, in 2010 District 4 had the highest population and District 2 the lowest. By 2022 these statistics had been reversed. As seen in the map on the opposite page, the Census tracts with the largest projected growth are all in District 2, including a tract with over 100% growth. Other tracts with growth over 50% are located in Districts 3 and 5 along the boundary with District 2. Commission Commission Commission Commission Commission City District 1 District 2 District 3 District 4 District 5 2010 2022 2027 2032 Total Change 2010-2032 Percent Change 2010-2032 78,884 58,505 89,478 100,202 92,125 103,616 94,772 107,027 15,888 48,522 20% 83% 85,560 88,150 88,624 89,103 3,543 4% 94,264 87,582 88,508 89,429 -4,835 -5 % 82,242 90,325 95,681 101,039 18,797 23% 399,455 455,737 468,554 481,370 81,915 21% 046 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PERCENT CHANGE IN POPULATION (2019-2030) (-50%) - (-26%) (-25%) - 0% 0% - 25% 26% - 50% 51%-75% 76%-100% 101%- 125% Source: City of Miami *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 LEGEND LJ City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies CONTEXT ANALYSIS 047 POPULATION DENSITY Population density is also an important factor to consider in parks and recreation system planning because it influences how residents enjoy parks and recreation services. Areas with higher population densities have more residents living in a defined geographic boundary. This typically creates a larger demand both for park land generally, along with more demand for specific recreation facilities, like ballfields, as well as specific programming. Additionally, increased densities often indicate the presence of multi -unit structures versus single-family homes. Residents living in multi -unit structures typically rely more on public parks to provide basic, close -to -home recreational opportunities such as playgrounds, lawns to play catch, or open spaces to allow dogs to run around without a leash. These are some of the basic, every -day recreational activities that a family living in a single-family home may enjoy in their backyard. As seen in the chart below, District 3 currently has the highest average density of residents per square mile. District 5, which has the lowest density among Districts, is expected to have the largest increase over the next 10 years. 18,000 16,000 a) E 14,000 C as 12,000 10, 000 CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 El CD 4 . , CD 5 City 17, 501 17,595 • • 13,935 13,491 13, 846 10,703 10,136 9,568 2022 2027 2032 048 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI POPULATION DENSITY (RESIDENTS PER ACRE)(2030) • 0-25 26 - 50 51 - 75 ill 76 - 100 101 - 125 126 - 150 151 - 175 176 - 200 201 - 225 226 - 250 Source: City of Miami *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 As shown in the map above, most Census tracts are projected to have a density of 20-30 people per acre by 2030. However, certain tracts in District 2 will have significantly higher densities, including a few tracts with over 200 people per acre. LEGEND L_____J City Limits ' Commission District* Parks Water Bodies CONTEXT ANALYSIS 049 AGE The types of programs and recreation facilities that a community provides its residents are directly related to the age distribution of the community's population. Communities with a high concentration of residents ages 0-9 and 10-19 for example, may have a higher need for youth activities such as before school or after school care programs and youth athletics. These communities may also require more playgrounds and athletic fields. Communities with a high concentration of residents ages 65 and older on the other hand, 0% CD 1 ■ 0-9 ■ 10-19 ■ 20-34 ` 35-54 ■ 55-74 ■ 75+ 2022 0% 11% 11 r 25% 19% 26% 30% 10% 10% may require more senior related activities, such as senior leisure programs, health related services, senior center space, and transportation services to transport seniors from activity to activity. Age distribution by six age groups (0-9, 10-19, 20-34, 35-54, 55-74, and 74 and older) was analyzed for the City and each Commission District for 2022, and projected for 2027 and 2032. Age distribution was also mapped for the year 2022 for the same age groups. This analysis suggests that Miami has a dominant middle-aged (35-54) population, with secondary skews towards young adults (20-34) and older adults (55-74). As of 2022, the Census estimates that the middle-aged population comprises 28 percent of the City's overall population, with young adults and older adults both at 22 percent. The charts below show that as of 2022, in every district, the 35-54 segment is the largest percentage. The single largest segment across all areas is in District 2, with 35-54-year-olds CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City 23% 23% 31% MOM 22% 25% 10% 10% 17% 9% 10% 16% 13% 12% 10% 10% 21% 27 25% MOM 202 50% 28 2032 100% 19% 6% 23% 24 21 22r 75% 22% 100% 050 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI at 31 %. Other significant segments are in District 4, which has the largest segment of 75+ at 11 % and in District 5, the percentage of residents 0-19 is 25%, equal to the 35-54 segment. Looking ahead over the next 5 and 10 years, in all Districts and Citywide the 75+ segment is projected to grow, reaching 13% of the population in District 4. In all districts but District 2, the percentage of 20-34-year-olds will decline, including citywide, projected to drop from 22% to 20%. One of the largest growth segments is expected to be 55-74-year-olds in District 4, rising from 24% to 28%. Across the city, the 0-9, 10-19, and 35-54 segments are expected to remain mostly even. AGE SEGMENTS I 0-9 YEARS OLD With relatively even distribution, most Census tracts have 10-20% of residents in the 0-9-year-old segment. The highest tract is at 24% in District 2 in the Brickell area, while a few other tracts at the southern end of District 2 are at 20%. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 LEGEND L __J City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% 26% - 50% 51%-75% 76%-100% CONTEXT ANALYSIS 051 AGE SEGMENTS I 10-19 YEARS OLD Across the city, most Census tracts have 0-10% of residents in the 10-19-year-old segment. The highest tract is at 21 % in District 5 in the Liberty Square area, with other tracts near 20% scattered throughout the city Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 AGE SEGMENTS 120-34 YEARS OLD Roughly two-thirds of Census tracts have 10-25% of residents aged 20-34, mostly in the western and northern areas of the city. Approximately one-third of tracts have 25-50% in the age group, centered in District 2 downtown and north along the bay, and extending on the north side of the Miami River in District 1. • There are six tracts with 50-75% of residents aged 20-34, clustered in the Brickell and Overtown areas of Districts 2 and 5. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as ofJanuary 1, 2023 LEGEND LJCity Limits ' Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% 26% - 50% 51% - 75% 76%- 100% LEGEND r-- L____1 City Limits _ ' Commission District* Parks Water Bodies O%-25% 26% - 50% 51% - 75% 76%- 100% 052 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI AGE SEGMENTS 135-54 YEARS OLD ✓ Across the city, roughly 90% of r----- Census tracts have 25-50% of ! - _ 1 residents in the 35-54-year-old F- b segment. Two tracts are over 50%, 1� r located in Districts 2 and 5. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 AGE SEGMENTS 155-74 YEARS OLD Roughly two-thirds of Census tracts have 0-25% of residents aged 55- 74 years old, with the majority in the range of 10-20%. Roughly one-third of tracts are 25-50%, scattered across all the Districts. The tract with the highest percentage (37%) is in District 4. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as ofJanuary 1, 2023 LEGEND L =_J ▪ City Limits ' Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% 26% - 50% 51%-75% 76%-100% LEGEND L ▪ City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% MP 26% -50% 51 % - 75% 76%-100% CONTEXT ANALYSIS 053 AGE SEGMENTS 175+ YEARS OLD Across the city, the 75+ age segment occurs at 0-25%, with no tract above 25%. The highest tract is 23% in District 4, which includes other tracts over 20%. There are a few tracts with no residents age 75+, in the Brickell and Overtown communities in Districts 2 and 5. ■ ■ 1 a Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 LEGEND L = J City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% 26% - 50% 51% - 75% 76%- 100% 054 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI ■alas ■mn'YYiYii I I,as 1ha •-e iwwai as 1Uli a■ sh��. I. iii Y).l II 'I aa'oval it maim A CULTURE OF SERVICE The Department works hard to serve the full spectrum of Miamians, including residents of all ages and abilities. Photo: Esther Armbrister Park RACE + ETHNICITY ■ White ■ Black/African American ■ Asian/Pacific Islander p. American Indian/Alaska Native ■ Some Other Race ■ Two or More Races Race and ethnicity can be relevant indicators of recreation program and facility needs and desires. Various academic studies have shown that individuals' preferences towards specific park settings, activities, or amenities can vary by racial category. CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 Additionally, Miami's diversity presents CD 4 opportunities to celebrate and memorialize past and present figures and cultural keystones CD 5 that make the city and its communities unique. Race and ethnicity were analyzed for each Commission District and citywide based on 2022 data and projected for the years 2027 and 2032. These demographics were also mapped for the year 2022. The analysis demonstrates that Miami is very diverse, both racially and ethnically (based on Census data standards, this analysis includes 6 categories of race, which the Census separates from the ethnic category of Hispanic or Latino). Miami also has a high non-native born population, with roughly one out of two adult residents having been born outside the US. Residents identifying with 2 or more racial groups is the largest single category citywide, and in Districts 1,3, and 4. In District 2, White (46%) is the largest category and in District 5 Black/African American (43%) is the largest. However, racial groups are relatively segregated, with areas including over 75 percent of each group concentrated in different parts of the city. City 0% 21% 25% 2022 50% r 21 46% 26% 27% 1 19% 75% 100% 50i 6% 3%d 9% 20% 1% 14% 36 50% 57% 43% 28% 0% CD 1=12 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City 25% 43% 2027 50% 21r 40% 75% 100% 55% 42% 0% 25% 21 1/0 35% 2032 50% 75% 100% 59% 47% 20% 61% 17% 1 14% 67% 20% 32% 35% 056 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI RAC E • • • • • • • 1 Dot = 50 people American Indian/Alaska Native Asian/Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander Black/African American White Some Other Race Two or More Races Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as ofJanuary 1, 2023 LEGEND L J City Limits i Commission District* Parks Water Bodies CONTEXT ANALYSIS 057 RACE I BLACK/AFRICAN AMERICAN Black/African American residents are concentrated in District 5, which includes one tract over 75%, and a majority of tracts at 50-75%. Districts 1, 3, and 4 are comprised mostly of tracts at 0-25%. i RACE I WHITE s Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 Nearly all tracts with White percentages over 50% are in District 2, while Districts 3 and 4 are predominately 25-50%. District 5 has a majority of tracts 0-25%. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as ofJanuary 1, 2023 LEGEND r-- � L __J City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% 26% - 50% 51%-75% 76%- 100% LEGEND L City Limits ' Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0%-25% 26% - 50% 51 %-75% 76%- 100% 058 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI RACE I AMERICAN INDIAN/ALASKA NATIVE All tracts across the city have 0-5% ,_ _F American Indian population, with _ _ .1 many tracts at 0%. The highest rates are in District 3, where one tract is at 3%. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 RACE I ASIAN/PACIFIC ISLANDER All tracts across the city are limited to less than 10% Asian population, with many tracts in Districts 1 and 5 at 0%. The highest rates are in District 2, where many tracts range from 5-7%, specifically in the Brickell area. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as ofJanuary 1, 2023 LEGEND L J City Limits ' Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% 26% - 50% 51% - 75% 76%-100% LEGEND __J City Limits _ Commission District* 1 Er Parks Water Bodies 0%-25% 26% - 50% 51% - 75% 76% - 100% CONTEXT ANALYSIS 059 RACE I SOME OTHER RACE Over 90% of tracts have populations of Some Other Race at 0-25%. Six tracts scattered across Districts 1, 3, and 4 have populations of 25-50%, with the highest tract at 28% in District 3. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 RACE 12 OR MORE RACES A slight majority of tracts across the city consist of 25-50% of residents identifying with Two or More Races. The tracts with 50-75% of the population are in Districts 1, 3, and 4. The highest tract is at 62%, split across Districts 1 and 4 in the West Miami area. Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 LEGEND L __J City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% ■ 26% - 50% 51%-75% 76%- 100% LEGEND L__J City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 0% - 25% ■ 26% - 50% 51% - 75% 76% - 100% 060 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI ETHNICITY Miami residents who identify as Hispanic or Latino (of any race) constitute a majority (71 %) of the city's population. As the map and charts demonstrate, Districts 1,3, and 4 all contain significant majorities, while District 2 is close to balanced. District 5 is the sole district without a Hispanic/Latino majority as of 2022. However, by 2027 all Commission Districts are projected to have Hispanic/ Latino majorities. CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City of ■ Hispanic/Latino ■ Not Hispanic or Latino 25% 2022 50% 75% 100% 85% 15% 51 % 49% 85% 15% 92 47% 53% 71 0% �27 25% 50% 75% 29% 86 55 100% 45% 86 14% 93 54% 46% 74 of 25% 2032 50% 26% 75% 100% 87% 13% 59% 41% 88i 12% 94 6% 60% 40% 76% 24% CONTEXT ANALYSIS 061 ETHNICITY • • •• • 1 Dot = 50 people • Hispanic or Latino • Not Hispanic or Latino • • '• ' % :r'L i. . ..:•.. _• 1i{i41 ,t...r_'4 t :t.,1i1• j -i-?.4..7r •i••aN'• #• , i,. :i= ^ 1 !� �.f •a Y4 .i..,tr t. s .• [mow•- . tt••• -.: 8.�•' -e r g. ..' 1•• r,F•� _t• 1-•r r .: ; ...i• r'j� .' y i -d . ? ;}emirs .' • •• . ?i•3.!b • •..!... i:.. } E❖ :: 'r'Ti• �'J 'z.`► ., . , s•.N•r.t y?:.•' i ' •''° • �J.i 1 ram• r ...2 ;fyr9 •'� ri .. V f:.. .*. 4^-ram'ti i l•:I `7 ~1.1y2 i'. •• ."4; 4).C.'11 nF r+• l f. i :vL�:s:+ Y}ik r...as: ..yi��e'•RN . il. vy Y�i p�. . •..r •: '11'r 443:._tea•: !I_ .. ryti= ,''� of• •r a: . Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as of January 1, 2023 The Ethnicity dot density map above demonstrates how the Hispanic population is clustered in certain areas, particularly in Districts 3 and 2 south of the Miami River, and in District 1 on the western edge of the city. LEGEND f---, L J City Limits 1 1 Commission District* Parks Water Bodies 062 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI HISPANIC OR LATINO ORIGIN • •• • 1 Dot = 50 people • Mexican • Puerto Rican • Cuban • Dominican • Costa Rican • Guatemalan • Honduran • Nicaraguan • Panamanian • Salvadoran • Argentinean • Bolivian • Chilean • Colombian • Equadorian • Paraguayan • Peruvian • Uruguayan • Venezuelan • All Spanish (Spanish, Spaniard, Spanish-American) s_ ••- •e +• f •~ �. � �• = it I.;•• =ai•f1• • j• ..ter •L; • ••... 5 • ▪ .+ 'A.".▪ - : - • •.' • . . ;•••ti•�r.. • ill• g • ▪ .t•s w i• • • • • • •r •• •�• • t V.I.2 • 2. �� ` •.! ...•••-L.1 • . •••: • • y' . Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as ofJanuary 1, 2023 The Hispanic or Latino Origin dot density map above demonstrates how residents from the wide range of Hispanic or Latino origins are distributed throughout the city. The Cuban population stands out for its density in Districts 1,3, and 4 LEGEND L J City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies r • CONTEXT ANALYSIS 063 MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME $0 Income levels provide a glimpse of the purchasing power of residents. Simply stated, the higher the household income, the greater the potential that residents may have disposable income to spend on paid leisure programs and activities. The lower the household income, the more residents may rely on affordable and/or free parks, recreation, and social programs and services. This is particularly true for families living under the poverty threshold. As of 2022, Miami's Median Household Income is $51,954. District 1 has the lowest MHI, at $32,994, and District 2 has the highest, $99,957. CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City CD 1 CD 2 CD 3 CD 4 CD 5 City $25,000 $32,994 2022 $so,000 $75,000 $loo,000 $125,000 $99,957 $34,688 $54, 281 $ 3 9, 602 $51,954 so $25,000 $40,764 $43,310 2027 $50 000 $75,000 $100,000 $125,000 $53,046 $o $25,i000 $67,482 2032 $50i,000 $75 000 $50,363 $100,000 $125,000 $129,586 $54,076 $ 83, 894 $71,055 $ 80, 375 064 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME so- $25,000 $25,001 - $50,000 $50,001 - $75,000 $75,001 - $100,000 $100,001 - $125,000 $125,001 -$150,000 $150,001 -$175,000 LEGEND L J City Limits Commission District* Parks Water Bodies S i! OT6 as�, $30.7, $25 $ .34O 525 3CO Si3p9e f 519.1E15 . g� 56;976y1�U 00U 52i 527434 $15.335 s731h7 � �12' 28.24a 525.75 i1 S74.a95 s17.&73" 7p 7 �4( q 57r. NOS lO1.S'O 528.2 s ¶54I.S 9P.7�: .275I7 -—3112.537 5'i 5,9ili 5=a,3?d 535,7C7 S�^.4735 fkg{6Y s:1x r3x ��35677n •°^2� j53.115 Source: US Census - 2020 ACS, 5-year (2015-2019) *Commission Districts are accurate as ofJanuary 1, 2023 CONTEXT ANALYSIS 065 Page intentionally left blank 066 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI SOCIAL VULNERABILITY INDEX OVERALL VULNERABILITY While demographic attributes on their own have important recreation and parks implications, they can also be combined to identify how a variety of conditions contribute to the presence of vulnerable populations in the city. In collaboration with the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) and the U.S. Census Bureau, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) developed a Social Vulnerability Index (SVI) for every census tract in the U.S. The SVI is based on a total of 15 social factors that are combined into 4 related themes: • Socioeconomic Status • Household Composition and Disability • Minority Status and Language • Housing and Transportation Each census tract receives an individual score for all four themes, as well as an overall SVI ranking. The table below illustrates the relationship between the social factors, key themes, and overall SVI. SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS HOUSEHOLD COMPOSITION & DISABILITY MINORITY STATUS & LANGUAGE HOUSING & TRANSPORTATION BELOW POVERTY UNEMPLOYED INCOME NO HIGH SCHOOL DIPLOMA AGED 65 OR OLDER AGED 17 OR YOUNGER CIVILIAN WITH A DISABILITY SINGLE -PARENT HOUSEHOLDS MINORITY LISH "LESS THAN WELL" 0.85 0.82 0.98 0.7 1 0.57 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.97 0.92 0.9, 0.91 0.97 0.97 0.99 .rl 0.84 110.5.21 0.98 0.97 ✓ -1 0.99 0.99 0.88 0.99 T 0.89 0.66 1 0.98 0.78 0.89 0.87 0.83 0.71 4 0.53 0.74 0.8 0.54 LEGEND MIr I7, City Limits j Commission Districts Roads ▪ Parks ▪ Water Bodies SOCIAL VULNERABILITY INDEX 0.0 - 0.25 (Lowest Vulnerability) 0.26 - 0.50 (Medium -Low Vulnerability) ▪ 0.51 -0.75 (Medium -High Vulnerability) - 0.76 -1.0 (Highest Vulnerability) Sources: City of Miami; CDC-ATSDR 2 Miles 0 Page intentionally left blank 068 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Page intentionally left blank CONTEXT ANALYSIS 069 1.3.PARK SYSTEM CONTEXT *4I The parks and recreation facilities that make upMiami's system are as unique as the city itself. From pocket parks to plazas, nature pre ves to athletic complexes, the Department mans ide array of park spaces that have been gradually deve op over the last century. IIIIIIIih Unlike many older American cities which benefited from a prime era of park building in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, Miami's parks development coincided with the city's growth through real estate development and tourism, primarily from 1920 through 1940. The vast majority of existing parks were created by 1982, and park development since then has resulted mostly in parks under 5 acres. In the last 10 years, that trend has begun to shift as a group of initiatives, including the Miami River Greenway, the Baywalk, The Underline, and the 1-395 Underdeck park project are in the process of adding dozens of acres of new recreation space. The following sections provides an overview and assessment of the City's parks and recreation system including: • Department Assessment • Program Assessment • Park and Recreation System Assessment 070 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI DEPARTMENT ASSESSMENT The City of Miami Parks and Recreation Department is nationally accredited by the Commission for Accreditation of Park and Recreation Agencies (CAPRA). The Department is one of twenty-five parks and recreation agencies in Florida that are CAPRA Accredited. As part of the Parks and Recreation Master Plan, the Consulting Team conduct an operations review to analyze current practices, future Department organizational and staffing needs, improved operational efficiencies, policy development, technology improvements and marketing/communication opportunities. The review is an analysis of maintenance protocols, efficiency and sustainability, work management, asset management, performance measures, and equipment management. In addition, the planning team sought to identify opportunities to improve overall operations and the Department's capacity to implement the Master Plan. The process included site tours, a review of existing Department policies, focus groups and interviews of key staff, and an organizational structure review. MISSION AND CORE VALUES The Department is committed to providing the community much needed access to parks, facilities, programs, and events. The Department continued to provide services to the community during the pandemic at a time when these services were needed more than ever. The following are the Department Mission and Core Values that drive staff to excellence. PARKS AND RECREATION MISSION "TO ENRICH AND INSPIRE THE COMMUNITY BY DELIVERING A WORLD -CLASS PARK SYSTEM THAT IS SAFE, ACCESSIBLE, AND FACILITATES A HEALTHY AND HAPPY QUALITY OF LIFE" Illir."-CORE VALUES COMMITMENT TO OUR COMMUNITY INTEGRITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY PARTNERSHIPS AND TEAMWORK INNOVATION COMMUNICATION AND ENGAGEMENT CONTEXT ANALYSIS 071 DEPARTMENT ORGANIZATIONAL CHART BY FUNCTION The Department has an organizational chart with a focus on the functions of the agency. These are the major functions of the Department which also serve as Department Divisions. Each Division has many responsibilities that exist within the major functions and is connected in operations by reliance on each other for support services to fully achieve outcomes. OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OPERATIONS ADMINISTRATION CAPITAL PROGRAMS LITTLE HAITI CULTURAL COMPLEX RECREATION THERAPEUTIC RECREATION AND INCLUSION AQUATICS & OCEAN RESCUE NATURAL AREAS PARK RANGERS 072 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 1.11111111101111111111 CLEAN AND GREEN Department staff work hard every day to maintain the system's diverse offerings, from baseball fields to natural areas. Photo: Jose Marti Park Photo: Jose Marti Park OPERATIONS DIVISION ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE The Operations Division is subdivided into functions, facilities, and districts. This approach is warranted considering the unique assets that make up the park system. The districts include the Northern District, Central District, and South District. Within each of these districts are different park classifications (community, neighborhood, special use, etc.). There are facilities and amenities within each district that are subdivided into functions. Virginia Key Beach is a stand-alone facility due to its size and because the island has an important history, includes unique habitats, and is known for heavy use by residents and visitors. The Functions provided across all districts include Operations Administration, Sports Turf, Carpentry & Irrigation, and Special Events. These functions have responsibilities that span the park system and contribute to the residents and visitor experience. OPERATIONS ADMINISTRATION Full -Time (9) / Part -Time (2) Administrative Assistant I (1) Administrative Aide 11 (2) Payroll Clerk (1) Store Keeper (1) Stock Clerk I I (1) Auto Mechanic Helper (1) Laborer 1 (2) General Laborer PT (1) SPORTS TURF Full -Time (3) / Part -Time (1) aL Sports Turf Manager (1) Grounds Tender (1) Laborer I (1) General Laborer PT (1) • CARPENTRY & IRRIGATION Full -Time (10) / Part -Time (2) Facility Maintenance Manager (1) Carpenter (1) Maintenance Mechanic (1) Irrigation Specialist (2) Laborer I(5) General Laborer PT (2) SPECIAL EVENTS Full -Time (7) / Part -Time (1) Park Tender II (1) Grounds Tender (3) Laborer I(3) General Labor PT (1) 074 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The Operations Division provides the following services: • Carpentry • Ground maintenance • Irrigation services • Landscaping • Repair functions through the entire park system • Sports field renovations • Tree trimming • Turf management At the time of this review, the Division was in discussions about filling the hiring request made in 2020 before the pandemic impacted operations, which included a park supervisor, two grounds laborers and two part-time staff. To help increase capacity, 21 lots are contracted out for maintenance. OPERATIONS DIVISION Superintendent of Operations and Maintenance (1) NORTH DISTRICT Full -Time (20) / Part -Time (2) Park Coordinator (1) NDT1 Park Supervisor (1) Grounds Tender (1) General Laborer PT (1) N DT2 Park Supervisor I (1 ) Laborer I (1) General Laborer PT (1) Greenways Crew 1 Grounds Tender (1) Laborer I (1) Japanese Gardens Laborer 1 (2) City Cemetery Park Tender I (1) Grounds Tender (1) Laborer 1 (1) Heavy Equipment Auto Equipment Operator III (3) Auto Equipment Operator 11 (1) Auto Equipment Operator I (1) Grounds Tender (2) Laborer 1 (1) *Chart updated to Reflect Staffing - March 2023 CENTRAL DISTRICT Full -Time (14) / Part -Time (5) Park Coordinator (1) CDT1 Park Supervisor (1) Laborer I (1) General Laborer PT (2) CDT2 Park Supervisor (1) Laborer I (2) General Laborer PT (1) Greenways Crew 2 Grounds Tender (1) Laborer I (2) Sewell Laborer 1(2) General Laborer PT (1) Margaret Pace Park Manager (1) Laborer I (2) General Laborer PT (1) Tree Trimming North Arborist (1) Laborer 1 (2) Tree Trimmer (1) General Laborer PT (1) SOUTH DISTRICT Full -Time (20) / Part -Time (10) Park Coordinator (1) Waterfront Park Manager (1) Beach Operations Supervisor (1) Alice Wainwright Laborer I (1) City Hall Park Tender 1 (1) Kennedy Park Laborer I (1) General Laborer PT (1) Regatta Park Laborer I (1) General Laborer PT (4) SDT1 Park Supervisor (1) Laborer I (1) General Laborer PT (1) SDT2 Park Supervisor (1) Grounds Tender (1) General Laborer PT (2) Tree Trimming South Arborist (1) Laborer I (3) General Laborer PT (2) CONTEXT ANALYSIS 075 OPERATIONAL ANALYSIS The operational analysis provides a snapshot (specific time period) of the Division and its role within the Department by identifying strengths, challenges, and priorities. Strengths and challenges lend perspective internally as to what is working well and what areas need solutions focused on opportunities for improvement. The Division and Department continued to evolve during this analysis to improve operations for employees and meet the community needs. Some efforts from the Department were to address emerging needs that came from new trends and patterns of use, post -pandemic. The Division relied on the best practices woven into functions of operations, identifying the highest priorities in hopes to minimize the impact of being short-staffed. Having this foundation in place helps staff manage challenging times with less difficulty. The figure (below) shows the Department's plans, policies, and standards that inform the Department of the responsibilities that support Department outcomes and provides historical context to make the best decisions. During the Pandemic, the Operations Division experienced extended periods of being short-staffed. This was something that all divisions in the Department had to manage. Due to staff efforts during the MIAMI PARKS AND RECREATION DOCUMENTATION/BEST PRACTICES PLANS POLICIES STANDARDS ADA Transition Plan ADA Policy Advisory Board/Committees Purpose/Minutes Capital Improvement Plan Cash Handling and Payment Policies and Procedures Annual Parks Goals and Objectives Emergency Management Plan Communications Policy/Procedures Annual Reports Fleet Management Plan Earned Income/Pricing/Cost Recovery Policy Asset Lifecycle Replacement Schedule Historical and Cultural Resource Management Plan Land Use Plan/Policy Historical and Cultural Resource Management Plan Fee Schedule/Policy Background Checks Community Engagement/Feedback/Public Outreach Leadership Succession Plan/Procedure Maintenance Management Plan HR Policies/Procedures Human Resource Manual Volunteer Program Manual Division Rules/Regulations/Manual Marketing Plan Master Plan Natural Resource Management Plan Preventative Maintenance Plan Risk Management Plan & Procedures Site Development Plans Trails/Greenways Plan Labor Management Policy/Agreement Media Relations Policy Partnership/Sponsorship Policy Personnel Policies and Procedures Manual Procurement/Purchasing Policy Refund Policy Safety Handbook/Policies Salary Ordinance/Employee List Scholarship Policy Social Media Policy Special Event Policy (outside organizations) Training and Development Policy Documents/Records Management Employee Orientation/Onboarding Equipment Inventory Facility Standards Financial Reconciliation/Reporting Formal Partnership Agreements Internal Communication Matrix Job Descriptions Leadership Training Level of Service Standards/Asset Inventory Maintenance Standards Marketing and Brand Style Guide Vehicle Use Policy Master Plan Implementation Status/Tracking Master Repair and Maintenance Schedule Opening/Closing/Operational Checklists Operational Certifications (CPSI, CPRP, etc.) Participant Accommodation Assessment/Forms Performance Measures Periodic Document Review Schedule Playground Safety Inspections Professional Development Plan Project Tracking Recreation Participant Code of Ethics Recreation Program Standards Technology Integration Training Schedule/Calendar Performance Measures 076 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI pandemic, residents were still able to participate in many activities, including passive recreation on their own in the parks while social distancing. The parks experienced some of their highest level of use during the pandemic which was a challenge given the Department's overall staffing being less than optimal. Despite staff implementing many recommended practices routinely, the Operations Division faces outside forces creating challenges that are hard to overcome. Staffing levels have been a challenge for the entire Department and management was in a constant state of transition, pivoting to where the need was the greatest due to staff being out and vacant positions. The Operations Division is determining if increasing contractual services will help to continue quality service delivery as one potential approach to increase capacity. Moving forward, the overall Department is looking to attract and retain additional employees in 2023 to better manage the demand, research, and implement initiatives, and address aging infrastructure needs. Some examples would be: • Continue identifying opportunities to keep parks safe and beautiful more efficiently and effectively. • Continue to repair and replace aging playgrounds. • Continue resurfacing of hardcourts throughout the system (basketball, tennis, and racquetball). • Create a staff development program. • Lifecycle replacement of fleet and equipment. • Scheduled preventative maintenance for assets. • Strengthening partnerships with local governmental agencies to find efficiencies. • Various park and facility improvements. CURRENT OPERATIONS Currently, the responsibilities of the Operations Division are divided into specialties, major functions, and districts to minimize windshield time and maximize productivity. The Division is responsible for a variety of tasks, including; repairs, assets preventative maintenance, lifecycle replacement, and special events. The Operations Division also works with the recreation staff to manage the parks and fields. The Division's performance is measured by average park system facility inspection scores, incidents, as well as by the quality of the work. The Division plays an important role in keeping the parks clean, safe, and enjoyable for residents and visitors. The Division's responsibilities are varied and challenging, especially when immediate needs take staff from what they were working to complete, but the employees also identified the intrinsic reward that comes from a job well done. Here are sohe specific tasks and responsibilities of perations: TENANCE: The Operations Division is responsible for maintaining the park's grounds, such as mowing the grass, trimming, tree trimming, and cleaning facilities. MEASURING PERFORMANCE: Incidents are tracked to ensure that the worker is following safety procedures. The quality of the work is measured by customer satisfaction surveys and by the condition of the parks and grounds (previously called a sparkle tour). REPAIRS: The Operations Division is responsible for repairing the park's equipment, such as vehicles, facility trailers, infrastructure, and recreational amenities. SPECIAL EVENTS: The Operations Division is responsible for set up and tear down for special events, such as concerts, festivals, and sporting events. WORKING WITH THE RECREATION STAFF: The Operations Division works with the recreation staff to manage the parks and sports fields. This includes scheduling events, coordinating with vendors, and ensuring that the parks are safe and clean. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 077 OPERATIONAL ANALYSIS The workshop centered on understanding current conditions, sustainability efforts, opportunities for increased efficiency, and organizational alignment to implement the plan while continuing normal operations. A tour of parks, facilities and the maintenance complex took place prior to the workshop and following. Eight focus groups were conducted, as a high-level review on internal operations to help build capacity in operations. Four initial questions were asked in each of the interviews to help understand current operations, strengths to build on, challenges each division faces, and top priorities. The following questions were asked: 1. How does the Agency currently operate? 2. What are the strengths of operations that we need to build upon as part of this Plan? 3. What are the challenges the Division is facing in operations? 4. What are the top 2-3 priorities that would constitute success to the Division in operations? MANAGE- MENT PROCESSES RESOURCES CAPACITY BUILDING TECHNOLO- GY COMMUNI- CATIONS 078 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Staff received the questions in advance about the five themes that can help increase capacity with an intentional focus. The defined operational themes are: The following sections are a summary of the key themes identified by staff participating in the focus groups. POLICY/ PROCEDURE MANAGEMENT A series of actions or steps taken in order to achieve outcomes identified through approved plans, policies, and standards for parks and recreation services ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT The organization, coordination, and supervision of all business activities in a park and recreation agency to achieve defined outcomes RESOURCE MANAGEMENT A stock or supply of money, inventory, staff, information, and other assets in a parks and recreation agency that can be utilized in order to function effectively TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT The application of software, devices, tools, and equipment for practical parks and recreation purposes, especially to increase efficiency COMMUNICATIONS MANAGEMENT The internal and external exchange of information regarding parks and recreation operations, promoting services, and capital projects PROCESSES Processes are a series of actions or steps taken in order to achieve outcomes identified through approved plans, policies, and standards for parks and recreation services. The Division operates well and provides a variety of exceptional services through established processes. The system is currently managed to identify. outcomes that support City and Department goals. The staff are dedicated, and focused on a positive r community impact despite the decreasing resources. The following plans, policies, and procedures were identified in place. Additional co .. - g pros are identified within the f. 'ctions: Strengths, Challenges, PROCESS STR g thre- iorities. • Able to react quickly to changing circumstances. • Communicate frequently to keep staff on the same page. Increased teamwork has come from being short-staffed. • Track all assets and keep a database for historical data. PROCESS CHALLENGES • Challenges exist with a lack of quality assurance by leaders who are filling in during periods when the Division is short-staffed. Doing things, the same way, just because that is the way it has always been done. • Lifecycle replacement schedule lag time, focusing on critical replacement. ROCESS PRIORITIES • Better ordinances protecting the environment. • Consistency with divisions implementing policies across the system. MANAGEMENT Management covers the organization, coordination, and supervision of all business activities/services within a parks and recreation agency to achieve defined outcomes. It is important to ensure that parks and natural spaces are well -maintained and protected. Facility Inspection Forms are used, but are filled out inconsistently. These forms can help to highlight where there is a need for greater focus in the Operations Division's approach to asset management or where there are gaps. This is an opportunity to increase technology while in the field. While there are strengths in the relationships staff build with visitors and their approachability, there are also areas where improvement is needed. Inconsistencies in the implementation of formalized training programs and CONTEXT ANALYSIS 079 the lack of standardization in maintenance practices can lead to inconsistency in delivering services. An example would be pop-up items impacting finishing jobs and a transient culture that continues to increase and frequently requires staff to revisit parks to execute responsibilities already completed earlier. Additionally, the impact of weather events and the sheer number of people using parks and facilities creates challenges for those responsible for their management. MANAGEMENT STRENGTHS • Autonomy of work, trusting employees. • Maintenance Management Plan update in draft. • Sparkle Tour Assessment/Report, need to bring this back. • Strength in helping people enjoy park properties. MANAGEMENT CHALLENGES • 21 properties are contracted out for maintenance, which should be checked more frequently to ensure services are fully delivered. • Formalized training program is implemented inconsistently. More oversight and accountability is needed. • Having to value engineer construction projects due to increased costs and have not gotten what was planned or materials that stand up to the environment better (increasing the level of maintenance required). • Lack of capacity. • Pop-up items impact finishing jobs. • Transient population that continues to increase, creating issues in parks. • Varied levels of execution at different parks in the system. MANAGEMENT PRIORITIES • Consistency in leadership to develop a culture that prioritizes resources for conservation. • More funding and assistance with environmental issues (erosion control, restoration, invasive species removal, etc.) • Need standardization for data collection. • Park Managers/Recreation Coordinators should have ownership of their parks to handle some of the things that arise. RESOURCES Resources are the stock or supply of money, inventory, staff, information, and other assets in a parks and recreation agency that can be utilized in order to function efficiently and effectively. Operationally, the emerging story is one of decreasing resources, including staff, equipment, and funding. Additional funding is needed to address staffing levels, deteriorating office space, shrinking storage, lifecycle replacement of vehicles, infrastructure, amenities, equipment, undercover storage, and staff development. Further compounding the situation is the increased cost of doing business, the Operations Division's budget does not go as far as it did pre -pandemic. Decreasing resources can impact the quality of services for participants and impact outcomes. The Department leadership has experienced some turnover. Collectively, leadership recognizes the importance of investing in 080 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI resources, working to increase funding, working with the Division to fill vacant positions, and developing leadership training to build the skills within existing employees for potential promotion. Some additional comments regarding resources include: RESOURCE STRENGTHS • Leadership has a greater environmental understanding than in the past. • Recent hires are more knowledgeable. • Tenured employee's institutional knowledge and work ethic. • Training and Personal Protection Equipment assigned when mobilizing for a job. • Variety of experience within the work group. RESOURCE CHALLENGES • Critical replacements get more attention than preventative maintenance. • Ensuring the trucks are pulling heavy equipment on appropriately weighted trailers. • Equipment wait time and when it goes down, cannot do the work. No backup trucks/ equipment (i.e., bucket truck unusable for 6 months and no backup). • Facilities are aging and some deteriorating. "", Department of Parks & Recreation Sparkle Tour Evaluation . ',Rlf1, 5 = Optimum (Only chose 5 if this is a new amenitiy within 3 years old) Grading Scale: 4= Above Satisfactory 3:Satisfactory 2 = Below Satisfactory 1: Failure/Unacceptable Notes ore required for items wlth a 3 or below grade Tour Date: Facility : General Cleanliness Restmoms 5: ❑ 4: E 3: ❑ 2: E 171 5: ❑ 4: E 3: ❑ 2: ❑ 1: ❑ Notes: Notes: Landscaping Water Fountains 5: ❑ 4: ❑ 3: ❑ 2: E 171 5: ❑ 4: E 3: ❑ 2: ❑ 1: ❑ Notes: Notes: Parking Areas & Signage Lighting 5: ❑ 4: E 3: ❑ 2: E IC 5: ❑ 4: E 3: ❑ 2: ❑ 1: ❑ Notes: Notes: Fencing Playgrounds &Shade Structures 5: ❑ 4: E 3: ❑ 2: E 1C 5: ❑ 4: E 3: ❑ 2: ❑ 1: ❑ Notes: Notes: Sidewalks and Trails Sport Courts/Areas 5: ❑ 4: ❑ 3: ❑ 2: ❑ IC 5: ❑ 4: ❑ 3: ❑ 2: ❑ 1: ❑ Notes: Notes: Are the Dog Waste Stations Stocked? Are there any unsafe or unsanitary conditions? Yes/5: ❑ No/l: ❑ Yes/5: j No/1: ❑ ifno Dog Waste Station of Pork mark "Yes'Notes: Are the daily fomrs completed regularly/properly? Yes/5: ] No/l: ❑ Are ALL Fire Extinguishers, AEDs and First Aid Kits Available and Property Maintained? Yes/5: E No/l: ❑ Are all chemicals onsite stored properly? (This includes cleaners, fuel, and Looking materials) Yes/5: ❑ No/l: ❑ Are all Point of Sale and Cash Handling Documentation properly maintained? Yes/5: ❑ NO: J Additional Comments: Park Manager Signature: Beautification Coordinator Signature: "Total Scare out of SO Sparkle Score Sparkle Score as (Tots' Score) - I6 Rented temporary office trailers with holes in the floor seem to be more permanent been in place. There is mold within the trailer and rodents come in the facilities through these holes. • Hiring process is horrible. Some new hires joined the team because of who they know and do not possess the necessary skills to contribute to the outcomes. Instead, require more oversight and productivity is lower from an ineffective new hire. • Lack of people with CDL and lack of staff in general. • Language barriers among staff. • Under -cover storage and interior storage space within the operations complex. The environment's impact on equipment causes them to deteriorate more rapidly. • Staffing levels impact the Division's ability to achieve higher standards in maintenance. • Supply chain issues, hold up repairs and replacement. • Union contracts impede productivity, especially when short-staffed, as it limits other employees from pitching in due to classifications and contract terms. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 081 • Updating equipment that is used for disasters • Winter is harsh on grass as it is cooler and more people want to be outside playing in cooler temperatures. RESOURCE PRIORITIES • Hiring process, people on the panel need to know more about the job being filled. • Investment in managing the city's expectations and training staff to achieve better outcomes. • Need additional tree crew (arborist, tree trimmer). • New trailers, rated for the size of equipment used. • Offer to pay for some or all the certifications, since the city benefits. • Operations and maintenance facilities are condemnable and need to be improved/ replaced. • Promote knowledgeable people to Supervisor and help to enhance skills. TECHNOLOGY Technology is the application of software, devices, tools, and equipment for practical parks and recreation purposes, especially to increase efficiency. The Department uses mobile devices in the field to keep the flow of communication through multiple methods (i.e., email, text, photos, and phone calls). The website is operated by Granicus, OpenCities and is used for online registration and reservations. KRONOS® GRANICUS Cartegraph Cartegraph is used for work orders and is better than the previous method. Kronos is the web -based workforce management system used for employee timecards. Computers for field staff to use when in the office are older and are down often. The Division does not have computerized maintenance management software (CMMS) in place. A CMMS will help maintenance identify cost of service, build in automation, and increase efficiencies. Additional comments from staff regarding technology are identified within the following three subsections: TECHNOLOaTSTRENGTHS • Use mobile technology for communication flow when in the field. • Workorder system is in place; Cartegraph. TECHNOLOGY CHALLENGES • At Virginia Key, credit cards take too long and slow connections in remote areas aggravate visitors and create long lines of cars waiting to get in. • Kronos has challenges when clocking out in the middle of the day and returning to work the same day. • No overall computerized maintenance management software. • Scanning system for inventory exists, but it is not utilized consistently. TECHNOLOGY PRIORITIES • Incorporate more technology into operations. • Greater bandwidth for entrance and admissions transactions into parks and facilities. COMMUNICATION Communications includes the internal and external exchange of information regarding parks and recreation operations, promoting services, and capital projects. The greatest emerging theme within communications is the Department's philosophy on intentional communication and involvement to build teamwork and minimize challenges. Planning meetings 082 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI and regular communication within the Division are the foundation that leads to effective communication across the Department and with other City Departments. While strong, there are still challenges to continued refinement of communications. Additional comments regarding communications are: COMMUNICATION STRENGTHS • Weekly meetings to adjust schedules, tackle challenges, and plan. • Communication — Scheduling of equipment and following proper protocols. • Internal communication is the biggest strength. The community is depending upon behind -the - scenes success. COMMUNICATION CHALLENGES • Division will receive equipment delivery and not know who is needing it. Procurement needs to send an email to where the products are being delivered to limit this inefficiency. • Misunderstanding of what is trying to be accomplished with certain parks by other divisions. COMMUNICATION PRI( • Emails for all staff members — to stay informed. • Improve communication gaps. DETERMINING MAINTENANCE COSTS Recommended practice to determine costs is to fully utilize computerized maintenance management software. The Division will be empowered using data collected for specific tasks, amenities, and projects. TOTAL COST OF OWNERSHIP Capital Investment Operations and Maintenance Tracking maintenance staff time, staff costs, materials, and supplies will have actual data at leadership's fingertips. Full utilization of CMMS includes: • Building the backend of the software with foundational details of the park system, staffing, hourly rates, and facilities into the CMMS. • Build tasks for asset preservation, routine maintenance, and projects. Incorporate a rating scale to monitor for when infrastructure becomes critical. Capture operational data shortly after completion. Operational data includes task, equipment used, PPEs, staff completing work, hourly rate, time to complete task and forward thinking on proactive efforts to alleviate repeat repairs. • Set up reports that include key performance indicators (KPI) to establish performance measures and goals. The outcomes from data collection and monitoring include: • Ability to forecast needed resources, such as funding, right -sizing staff, and lifecycle replacement costs to provide a total cost of ownership for new assets • Cost to maintain an acre of parkland • Staff hours per acre • Total cost of specific asset maintenance by amenity type OPERATIONAL SUMMARY Lifecycle Replacement Total Cost of Ownership CONTEXT ANALYSIS 083 Several factors are at work against the Operations Division and the Department. The most notable is the decreasing workforce and shrinking resources for a park system that is larger and more decentralized than similar communities due to the level of service and high population density. The larger the population density, the greater the demand on the community's parks, facilities, trails, and open space. Greater demand and use increase the wear and decrease the life of the asset, without a proper preventive maintenance program in place. This is compounded by South Florida's harsh environment, including salt air, high temperatures and humidity, intense storms, flooding, king tides, hurricanes, and tornadoes. The population density and high use of parks, facilities, and amenities require additional resources, not shrinking resources. When comparing performance measures from the NRPA Agency Performance Review to Miami, there is an apparent imbalance that will most likely result in earlier lifecycle replacement, increasing the cost of maintaining the system and increasing the amount of deferred maintenance which equates to a higher level of dissatisfaction from residents. Based on the data discussed later in the report on pages 154 and 155, 'NRPA acres per 1,000 residents' highlights the importance of park acreage to the Miami community. Miami is just below the upper quartile in acres per 1,000 residents (3.2 acres per 1,000 population) and above the median (1.4 acres per 1,000) for cities with a similar population and population density as Miami, which is significant. Additionally, when comparing annual operating expenditures, Miami ($17.2M) is between the median ($9.4M) and the upper quartile ($22.7M). When looking at the cost of expenditures per acre of parks and non -parks sites, Miami ($12.9K) is barely above the median ($12.5K), and notably 46% below the upper quartile. This is most likely a contributing factor to fewer households rating the condition of the system as excellent (7%), which is below the national average (27%), and a higher percentage of households that rate the condition of the system as good and excellent (28%) as compared to the national average (80%). This suggests an underfunding of the system, limiting all resources in an environment that is harsher than most and higher in population density. It is worth noting that being a coastal city provides Miami residents with more than 20 miles of the Atlantic coastline and beaches that serve as parks for many residents and visitors. It is a main attraction, so the lower acres per 1,000 residents are not the same impact as it would in a non -coastal community in the center of the United States. DEPARTMENT ASSESSMENT SUMMARY 084 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI In summary, the City has a strong parks system but does not have strong preventative maintenance for parks and facilities as demonstrated by the survey results and deferred maintenance. Staff works diligently to minimize impacts to the public despite capacity challenges to keep the quality of the system safe, clean, and as well -maintained as possible with shrinking resources. To better position the maintenance and operations for success moving forward, the Department should consider the following strategies. PROCESSES: Address capacity issues: • Work to increase capacities within the Division by maximizing the use of all software and investing in computer maintenance management software. • Increase mobile technology to limit windshield time. • Invest in professional development to expand skill sets. • Develop guidance for staff while capturing institutional knowledge through documentation of maintenance, facility, and program standards to complete the maintenance management plan. • Recommended practices are not implemented the same when there is not enough capacity to complete all the Division's responsibilities. • Review policies and procedures, and update and amend documents to incorporate goals identified from the Master plan. • Train staff on policies, procedures, and identified outcomes to achieve. MANAGEMENT: • Establish formalized annual training for the Division for greater consistency and continue to provide Leadership Academy opportunities to promote from within. • Implement field technology for fillable forms increasing consistency of forms and accountability. • Invest in developing a culture of success, focused on supporting the Division's efforts to become more proactive. • Seek an appropriate balance of outsourced (contractors) responsibilities. • Utilize approved plans to help justify increased funding, citing the negative outcomes that will develop if not appropriately funded and supported. • Work with the Division to establish baseline capacity and work with the City to increase financial resources and the replacement of dilapidated office trailers. Continue to seek out employees that demonstrate a high level of engagement and critical thinking skills for the Leadership Academy and potential promotion as supervisor and management positions become available. • Determine if it is appropriate to have certifications as part of the Department's salary ordinance, identifying certification levels and if the City can contribute towards certifications and recertifications. • Develop a deferred maintenance plan to alleviate the aging assets and improve the condition of parks and facilities for a better visitor experience. • Improve job postings to include organizational culture, professional development/training opportunities, and the benefits of being a City employee to attract, hire and retain high - performing employees. • Improve the hiring process to include people with specific knowledge of the job responsibilities and successful execution of them within the interview selection committee. • Work with the City to fill vacant positions and build a balance of contractors and employees to manage the system and meet the community's expectations better. CONTEXT ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGY: • Establish guidelines to manage the use of the inventory scanning system for up-to-date, accurate, and timely information. • Identify staff who can become internal experts in specific software/technology for in-house training, onboarding, and refresher trainings. • Research and implement a web -based CMMS and increase mobile technology for the field staff to enter data related to specific tasks. • Update technology at parks and facilities with revenue -generating potential to avoid delays and frustration and the beginning of the visitor experience. COMMUNICATIONS: • Continue to make communications a priority to achieve operational outcomes. • Work with the City to update the procurement process to include notification to the delivery site of what is being delivered and who should be contacted to review the delivery for accuracy and get delivery to the proper person. • Identify and document the desired outcomes for each park, employee positions responsible (in part or in full) for achieving outcomes, and what success looks like. • Identify the most appropriate and responsible manner to keep field staff informed and begin implementation. 086 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROGRAM ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW This assessment offers an in-depth perspective of offerings and helps identify strengths, challenges, and opportunities. The assessment also assists in identifying core programs, program gaps within the community, key system -wide issues, staffing, volunteer and partnership opportunities, and future programs and services for residents and visitors. The consulting team based these findings and comments on a review of information provided by the Department including program descriptions, financial data, website content, and discussions with staff. FRAMEWORK The Department offers a host of programs, facilities, parks, and services throughout the year to fit the needs and desires of the community. With the support of dedicated staff, volunteers, and partners. The Parks and Recreation Department strives to create a brighter future with a world -class parks system for their community and visitors. This is accomplished by the oversight and operation of over 150 parks, 12 swimming pool facilities, 43 community centers, 4 gymnasiums, cultural centers, natural areas, and a host of programs and activities for all ages. PROGRAMMI" Identifying the Core Program Areas based on current and future needs allows the Department to create a sense of focus around specific program areas considered to be most important to the community. The Core Program philosophy is designed to provide stakeholders assistance with establishing a focused approach to understanding what is important to the community. Program areas are considered as Core if they meet most of the following criteria: • The program area has been provided for a long period of time (over 4-5 years) and/or is expected by the community. • The program area consumes a relatively large portion (5% or more) of the agency's overall budget. • The program area is offered 3-4 seasons per year. • The program area has wide demographic appeal. • There is a tiered level of skill development available within the program area's offerings. • There is full-time staff responsible for the program area. • There are facilities designed specifically to support the program area. The agency controls a significant percentage (20% or more) of the local market. EXISTING CORE PROGRAM AREAS In discussions with the consulting team, the Department identified 9 Core Program Areas currently being offered. Active Adults 55+ Camps Special Events & Equipment Rentals After School Conservation, Restoration, & Education Therapeutic Recreation Aquatics Rentals Youth Sports Based on existing core program areas, the Department offers a diverse range of programming opportunities to reach a wide audience. Diverse interests and evolving demographics require staff to evaluate these annually to ensure offerings are relevant and meet the desires of the community. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 087 CORE PROGRAM AREA DESCRIPTIONS AND GOALS Description: Exercise, fitness & wellness activities, and education to promote healthy lifestyles for adults Q + •• 55+. • LLJ > . Goals: Provide programs and facilities for adults : 55+ to have a measurable positive impact on Qphysical and emotional health for the community. 4 AFTER SCHOOL U 0 : Description: After school offers multiweek progams • for ages 6-1 3 to promote physical exertion, ' educational assistants, and general leisure for kids. Goals: Provide a safe place for youth & teens; : skill development and maintaining an academic component throughout the After School, enrichment programs, and organized plays. • ▪ Description: Aquatics facilities provide year-round access to pools for recreation and fitness for all abilities. Goals: Provide program find educational • resources that promote wate safety and drowning prev4tion. : Description: Day, week, and multi -week camps for ages 6-1 3 to promote physical exertion and general - leisure for kids. 2 : ▪ Goals: Provide a safe place for youth & teens; skill development while maintaining an academic • component. 088 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI ▪ Description: Programs to preserve natural areas Z °e5 • ▪ through activities like clean-ups, planting, and removing O Z Z : invasive species. It also provides service learning 0 I—: opportunities and partners with Garden Clubs for > < U :science and history education. cn o : Goats: Promote the preservation of Miami's natural Z j : areas and inspires eco-friendly practices, encouraging U • people of all ages to engage in activities that promote • • critical thinking, creativity, and community involvement. v) Z w • Description: Permit office rentals for multiple community uses. Goats: Provide space for individuals and organizations to host small scale events or gatherings and take advantage of the Department's recreation buildings or green space. 4 Description: Group activities or events with 300 Z w •• or more participants as well as showmobile, stage, J : tents, tables, chairs, generators, and bleacher LLJ - : rentals. Z: U C . Goats: Provide a space for individuals to host w • ▪ events in a specific area for a setperiod of time or v) °,,c equipment Departments aniiL organizations. II • • Description: Day, werand multi -week programming for ages 6 and above to promote physical exertion and general leisure for kids. Goals: Provide a safe place for youthl, teens, and adults; skill development while maintaining an academic component. YOUTH SPORTS Description: Provide multiweek, seasonal sports activities for ages 6-17 to promote physical exertion, competitiveness, game play, and general leisure enjoyment for kids. Goals: Provide a safe place for youth & teens; skill development, enrichment programs, and organized play. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 089 AGE SEGMENT ANALYSIS An Age Segment Analysis was completed by core program area to review the age segments served by different program areas and to identify any gaps in segments served. The table below depicts each core program area and the most prominent age segments they serve. Recognizing that many core program areas serve multiple age segments, Primary (noted with a 'P') and Secondary (noted with an 'S') markets are identified. The Age Segment Analysis identified gaps in programming for preschool and adult 18+ audiences. Currently there are no programs targeted towards preschool as a primary or secondary audience. 26% of respondents to the Statistically Valid Survey indicated they would like to see more "youth arts/ painting/crafts/drawing classes", which is a great entry-level topic for preschoolers. These programs can be organized to where an instructor directly delivers content to preschoolers enrolled on their own or can be delivered in an "adult & me" format where preschoolers and an adult helper (parent, sibling, aunt, etc.) helps them create their projects while allowing a less hands-on approach from the instructor while delivering content. Forty-five percent of respondents to the Statistically Valid Survey indicated that "Adult fitness/wellness" was a need within the community. As discussed in the previous section, "Adult fitness/wellness" was identified as the topmost important programming area and had the highest unmet need in the community. The Age Segment Analysis identified that there is a gap in programming for adults 18+ as they are the primary audience for rentals (facilities & equipment) and therapeutic recreation. They were secondary in terms of youth programs such as after school, youth sports, and camps. Using the Statistically Valid Survey as a baseline, this audience can be better served by adding more fitness & wellness activities, cooking & nutrition classes, and offering community special events that are catered towards adults. An Age Segment Analysis should be conducted annually to ensure the Department is meeting the needs of each age group. Incorporating a strategic marketing plan that explores specific marketing tools best suited for each demographic will help to ensure age segments are reached based on their preferred methods. The Statistically Valid Survey indicates the current top three most preferred methods to get information about programs are the Department website (40%), Facebook (38%), and Instagram (33%). Core Program Area Active Adults 55+ Preschool (5 & Under) Elementary (6-12) Teens (13-17) Adult (18+) Senior (55+) All Ages Programs Afterschool S S I S Aquatics I ` Camps P S I S Conservation, Restoration, & Education I P Rentals S S P P Special Events & Equipment Rentals P I S S Therapeutic Recreation 5 P P 5 Youth Sports P S S 090 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROGRAM LIFECYCLE A Program Lifecycle Analysis involves reviewing each program offered by the Department to determine the stage of growth or decline for each. This provides a way of informing strategic decisions about the overall mix of programs managed by the Department to ensure that an appropriate number of programs are "fresh" and that relatively few programs, if any, need to be discontinued. This analysis is based on both quantitative data and staff members' knowledge of their program areas. The following table shows the percentage distribution of the various lifecycle categories of the Department's programs. These percentages were obtained by comparing the number of programs in each individual stage with the total number of programs listed by staff members. Based on the data collected, the Department's overall distribution is aligned with recommended percentages in each of the lifecycle stages. 59% of programs fall within the Introduction, Take -Off & Growth stages with the majority (47%) of programs falling within the Growth stage. 36% of programs fall within the Mature stage, and 5% within the Saturation and Decline stages. The Program Lifecycle Analysis indicates a solid foundation within the program mix. It is important to complete an annual analysis to ensure distribution not only meets recommended standards, but internally desired performance standards as well. It is recommended that the Department continue tracking participation growth/decline, customer retention, and the percentage of new programs as an incentive for innovation and alignment with community needs. Lifecycle Stage Description Adult Program Recommended Distribution Distribution Introduction Take - Off Growth Mature Saturation Decline New program; modest participation 0% Rapid participation growth Moderate, but consistent population growth Slow participation growth 12% 47% 36% Minimal to no participation growth; extreme competition 3% Declining participation 2% ■ 50-60% total 40% total 0-10% total CONTEXT ANALYSIS 091 PROGRAM SERVICES CLASSIFICATION Conducting a classification of services analysis informs how each program serves the overall organizational mission, the goals, and objectives of each Core Program Area and how the program should be funded regarding tax dollars and/or user fees and charges. A program's classification can help determine the most appropriate management, funding, and marketing strategies. Program classifications are based on the degree to which the program provides a public benefit versus a private benefit. Public benefit can be described as everyone receiving the same level of benefit with equal access, whereas private benefit can be described as the user receiving exclusive benefit above what a general taxpayer receives for their personal benefit. Essential Services Important Services Ie (Value Added Services For this exercise, the Department used a classification method based on three categories: Essential Services, Important Services, and Value -Added Services. Where a program or service is classified depends upon alignment with the organizational mission, how the public perceives a program, legal mandates, financial sustainability, personal benefit, competition in the marketplace, and access by participants. The following graphic describes each of the three program classifications. DIVISION MUST PROVIDE; if it protects assets & infrastructure, is expected and supported, is a sound investment of public funds, is a broad public benefit, there is a negative impact if not provided, is part of the mission, and needs significant subsidy to complete. DIVISION SHOULD PROVIDE; if it expands & enhances core services, is broadly supported & used, has conditional public support, there is an economic/social/ environmental outcome to the community, has community importance, and needs moderate subsidy. DIVISION MAY PROVIDE; with additional resources, if it adds value to community, supports Core & Important Services, supported by community, generates income, has an individual benefit, can be supported by user fees, enhances community, and requires little to no subsidy. With assistance from staff, all recreation programs offered by the Department were classified into three categories. The results presented in the table on the following page represent the current classification of recreation program services. 092 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROGRAM CLASSIFICATION - GENERAL RECREATION Factors Essential Important Value -Added Public interest; Legal Mandate; Mission Alignment Financial Sustainability Benefits (health, safety, protection of assets, etc Competition in the Market Access Program Distribution High public expectation Free, nominal or fee tailored to public needs, Requires public funding High public expectation Fees cover some direct costs, Requires a balance of public funding and a cost recovery target High individual and interest group expectation Fees cover most direct and indirect costs, some public funding as appropriate Substantial public benefit (negative consequence if not provided) Public and individual benefit Primarily individual benefit Limited or no alternative providers Alternative providers unable to meet demand or need Alternative providers readily available Open access by all Open access, Limited access to specific, users Limited access to specific users MI= Given the broad range of cost recovery goals (i.e., 0%-40% for Essential Services or 40% to 80% for Important Services), it would be helpful to further distribute programs within sub -ranges of cost recovery as depicted below. This will allow for programs to fall within the overall service classification tier while still demonstrating a difference in expected/desired cost recovery goals based on a greater understanding of the program's goals (e.g., pure community services versus mostly community services). Cost Recovery Diagram 100+% 70- 100% 50-69% 20-49% 0+% nefit: exclusive benefit received by individuals and not the general public; individual pays at least 80% of the cost of service. Considerable Individual Benefit: nearly all benefit received by individuals, benefit to community in a narrow sense. Balanced Local and Individual Benefit: benefits accrued to both individual and general public interests, but to a significant individual advantage. Considerable Local Benefit: Recreation services benefits accrued to both the public and individual interests, but to a significant community advantage. Local Benefit: Recreation services to be accessible and of benefit to all, supported wholly or significantly by tax dollars. Cost Recovery Model for Sustainable Services CONTEXT ANALYSIS 093 COST -OF -SERVICE & COST RECOVERY UNDERSTANDING THE FULL COST -OF -SERVICE Cost recovery targets should at minimum be identified for each core program area and for specific programs or events when realistic. The previously identified core program areas would serve as an effective breakdown for tracking cost recovery metrics including administrative costs. Theoretically, staff should review how programs are grouped for similar cost recovery and subsidy goals to determine if current practices still meet management outcomes. Determining cost recovery performance and using it to make informed pricing decisions involves a three - step process: 1. Classify all programs and services based on the public or private benefit they provide (as completed in the previous section). 2. Conduct a Cost -of -Service Analysis to calculate the full cost of each program. 3. Establish a cost recovery percentage, through Department policy, for each program or program type based on the outcomes of the previous two steps and adjust program prices accordingly. cVehicle Costs To develop specific cost recovery targets, full cost of accounting needs to be created on each class or program that accurately calculates direct and indirect costs. Cost recovery goals are established once these numbers are in place, and the Department's program staff should be trained on this process. A Cost - of -Service Analysis should be conducted on each program, or program type, that accurately calculates direct (i.e., program -specific) and indirect (i.e., comprehensive, including administrative overhead) costs. Completing a Cost -of -Service Analysis not only helps determine the true and full cost of offering a program, but it also provides information that can be used to price programs based upon accurate delivery costs. The below illustrates the common types of costs that must be accounted for in a Cost -of - Service Analysis. The methodology for determining the total Cost -of - Service involves calculating the total cost for the activity, program, or service, then calculating the total revenue earned for that activity. Costs (and revenue) can also be derived on a per -unit basis. Program or activity units may include: Cost -of -Service Analysis Cost Factors /Building Costs Contractedi Services Personnel) Costs � 1 f Total Costs for Activity tuipm io) Costs Supply + Material Costs Indire /Administrative )cost Allocation Debt Service Costs 094 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI • Number of participants • Number of tasks performed • Number of consumable units • Number of service calls • Number of events • Required time for offering program/service Agencies use Cost -of -Service Analysis to determine what financial resources are required to provide specific programs at specific levels of service. Results are used to determine and track cost recovery as well as to benchmark different programs provided by the Department between one another. Cost recovery goals are established once Cost -of -Service totals have been calculated. Program staff should be trained in the process of conducting a Cost -of -Service Analysis and the process should be undertaken on a regular basis. PRICING Pricing is one mechanism agencies can use to influence cost recovery. The table below, broken down by core program area, shows a variety of pricing strategies that are currently being used and those that can be used in the future. The Department's most frequently used approaches for pricing are based on family/household status, residency, and the customer's ability to pay. There is an opportunity to expand pricing by location, cost recovery goals and by competition/market rate, for core program areas besides special events and rentals. Staff should monitor the effectiveness of the various pricing strategies employed and adjust as necessary. It is also important to continue monitoring for yearly competitors and other similar service providers. Pricing Strategies Age Segment Different prices Core Program Area offered for different ages Family/ Household Status Different prices offered for family / household groups Residency Different prices for resident vs non resident Weekday / Weekend Different prices for different days of the week Prime ./ Non -Prime Time Different prices for different times of t day Group By By Discounts Location Competition (Market Rate) Different Competitors' Different prices at prices prices for different influence your By Cost Recovery Goals Dept. cost recovery goals influencerates your price By Customer' Ability to Pay Scholarships, subsidies, discounted offered for low incomes Active Adults 55+ Afterschool X X Aquatics X X X X Camps X X X X Conservation, Resto- ration, & Education X X X Rentals X X X X X X X Special Events & Equipment Rentals X Therapeutic Recreation X X X X X X Youth Sports X CONTEXT ANALYSIS PROGRAM STRATEGY RECOMMENDATIONS PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT & DECISION -MAKING MATRIX In general, the Department's program staff should continue the cycle of evaluating programs on both individual merits and program mix. This can be completed at one time on an annual basis, or in batches at key seasonal points of the year, if each program is checked once per year. The following tools and strategies can help facilitate this evaluation process: MINI BUSINESS PLANS The consulting team recommends that Mini Business Plans (2-3 pages) for each core program area be updated on an annual basis. These plans should evaluate the core program area based on meeting the outcomes desired for participants, cost recovery, percentage of the market & business controls, Cost - of -Service, pricing strategy for the next year, and marketing strategies that are to be implemented. If developed regularly and consistently, they can be effective tools for budget construction and justification processes in addition to marketing and communication tools. Marketing& Promotion Methods Program tlea{Nome or Concept): Marketing Methods 1221 NewspaperArdde 1211 05311111 When developing program plans and strategies, it is useful to consider all the Core program areas and individual program analyses discussed in this Program Assessment. Lifecycle, Age Segment, Classification, and Cost Recovery Goals should all be tracked, and this information, along with the latest demographic trends and community input, should be factors that lead to program decision -making. A simple, easy -to -use tool, like the examples below, will help compare programs and prioritize resources using multiple data points, rather than relying solely on cost recovery. In addition, this analysis will help staff make an informed, objective case to the public when a program in decline, but beloved by a few, is retired. If the program/service is determined to have strong priority, appropriate cost recovery, good age segment appeal, good partnership potential, and strong market conditions the next step is to determine the marketing methods using the template below. Internal Factors Sponsorship/Partnership Market Competition NMmherof[ampetaars 096 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROGRAM EVALUATION CYCLE (WITH LIFECYCLE STAGES) Using the Age Segment and Lifecycle analysis and other established criteria, program staff should evaluate programs on an annual basis to determine the program mix. This can be incorporated into the Program Operating/Business Plan process. The program evaluation cycle and program lifecycle are found in the figure below. During the Beginning Stages, program staff should establish program goals, design program scenarios & components, and develop the program operating/business plan. Regular program evaluations will help determine the future of a program. If participation levels are still growing, continue to provide the program. When participation growth is slowing (or non-existent) or competition increases, staff should look at modifying the program to re -energize the customers to participate. When program participation is consistently declining, staff should terminate the program and replace it with a new program based on the public's priority ranking and/or in activity areas that are trending nationally/regionally/locally, while taking into consideration the anticipated local participation percentage. CProgram Development Stage ) BEGINNING Establish Program Goals Design Program Scenarios + Components Conduct/Operate Program Develop Program Operating/Business Plan ClAINIIIII Terminate program and replace with a new program based on public priority ranking, emerging trends, and anticipated local participation percentage ( Program Evaluation Stage Conduct Regular Evaluation Based on Established Criteria Update Program Goals/Business Plan + Implement Sustained/ Growing Population 1 Slow to No Participation Growth w Declining Participation ( Mature/Saturated Stages i Look at market potential, emerging trends, anticipated participation, priority rankings, and evaluations to Modify Program CONTEXT ANALYSIS 097 MARKETING, VOLUNTEERS, AND PARTNERSHIPS MARKETING & COMMUNICATIONS The Department communicates through a wide variety of marketing methods when promoting programs and services, including: • Direct mail • Email blasts and/or listservs • Flyers and brochures • In facility signage • Online newsletters • QR Codes • Smart/mobile enabled site • Social media (Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter) • Website Effective communication strategies require striking an appropriate balance between the content with the volume of messaging while utilizing the "right" methods of delivery. Respondents of the ETC Statistically Valid Survey indicated a preference for receiving information online through the Department's website and social media (Facebook & Instagram). Using feedback from the ETC Statistically Valid Survey and other supporting plans, the Department can build upon its current marketing plan ensuring its alignment with organizational priorities. The plan should also provide specific guidance as to how the Department's identity and brand is to be consistently portrayed across the multiple methods and deliverables used for communication. The marketing plan should be updated annually to adjust to evolving community needs, demographic shifts, and recreation trends. WEBSITE The Department website can be accessed at https://www.miamigov.com/My-Government/ Departments/Parks-and-Recreation. Currently the Department does not have its own standalone website and it functions under the umbrella of the City's page. The page includes contact information and links to other webpages and pdfs. The page is simple and clean but lacks character and visual representations of the Department's distinguishing features such parks, facilities, and participant photos. Many of the available links direct users to a pdf of a monthly events/programs calendar at specific facilities. It is unclear from the website and the program guide whether online registration is available and if pre -registration is required for participation. Most of the information asks users to reach out to a Department staff person via the Parks Main Line, email, or redirection to the website. 098 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Younger demographics are more inclined to use online sources for learning about and enrolling in programs and other offerings. The website seems to create a barrier that may be discouraging for members of the community who would prefer to learn about upcoming opportunities and enroll in them using an online platform as opposed to making phone calls and or submitting an email and awaiting a response. The Department may benefit from the implementation of a standalone website that highlights its unique characteristics and integrates online registration, event calendars, and program information in one place. This will help to build its brand, decrease the number of clicks per user trying to locate information about the Department and can free up staff time that is currently being used to answer frequently asked questions about programs, events, and activities. iwrilrrLJ ..111<■ .+ . ,. .. Avow _1 . 1L-+ii rn . i .. 1iNI i i Ins i i sij s 1 "1)r M Ism i i i in i Imes N. .1 it - a • MI INWTI MIME i r - •ice mk MIL Li C Li GL mo ma 1=ORiMiIlr 1ENLami um s- sin i~ZiQ7i Ii_iAil_ r mu i ima- IR .. .61 Mil 11 •■■ & IV RIM MiIINlinni i Nit i 11110 siaaest Home / My Government / Departments ! Parks and Recreation Parks and Recreation The City of Miami's Parks and Recreation Department strives to create a brighter future with a world class parks system for our community and visitors. We are home to over 100 beautiful parks, totaling more than 1,400 acres, 12 swimming pool facilities, 43 community centers, 4 gymnasiums, the Sandra DeLucca Developmental Center, the Little Haiti Cultural Center and Caribbean Marketplace, a Japanese Garden, the Grapeiand Water Park, and the Melreese Golf Course. We also offer services at Virginia Key: mountain bike trails., walking trails, and beaches, as well three natural areas designated as Natural Forest Communities that include a Visitor's Center at Simpson Hammock Park, the Virginia Key 32-acre hammock restoration and interpretive trail, and the hammock at Alice Wainwright Park. The Department enriches and inspires the community and visitors by promoting a world class park system that is safe, accessible, and facilitates a healthy and happy quality of life. We are nationally accredited by the Commission for Accreditation of Park and Recreation Agencies (CAPRA) and we are proud to deliver quality of life services 10 all ages through active senior programs, teen engagement programs, services for persons with .1 ,.....4, n.....• w............n ♦I.4 In...w ♦•.r. .... it C..:......n T....I-. 1 Search Contact Us Phone 305-416-1300 Email parksimiamigov.com Location City of Miami Administration Building 444 SW 2nd Ave; 81h Floor Miami CONTEXT ANALYSIS 099 SOCIAL MEDIA The Department utilizes Web 2.0 technology through Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter. Here is a quick analysis of the Department by each platform. All numbers are as of March 2023. Overall, branding is consistent among platforms making it easier for users to identify they are on the correct pages. FACEBOOK • 8,300 followers. • Content is posted on average about once per day. • Posts include a mix of videos, participant photos, amenity highlights, and information sharing. INSTAGRAM • 5,016 followers • Instagram content is very similar to Facebook, many posts are the same. • Instagram has the highest percentage of post interactions, meaning more followers are interacting with these posts than on other platforms. • Instagram has the least number of posts per day compared to Facebook and Twitter. • Instagram is the top performing platform compared to Facebook and Twitter. TWITTER • 1,681 followers. • Twitter on average has more posts per day as compared to Facebook or Instagram. • Twitter has the least engaged followers and lowest post interaction rate compared to Facebook & Instagram. • Similar posts to Facebook and Instagram. LINKEDIN (CITY OF MIAMI) • 28,036 Followers. • Most posts are sporadic and look to be done a couple of times a month. • Posts highlight community wide events/activities. • Bi-lingual posts (English/Spanish). • 0100 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI SOCIAL MEDIA USERS Over the last decade, social media has become one of the Country's fastest growing trends. With only ten percent of the country using social media in 2008; today, an estimated eighty-two percent of the U.S. population is currently using some form of social media. With such a large percentage of the population using these online media platforms in their daily lives, it becomes essential for the City to take advantage of these marketing opportunities. Social media can be a useful and affordable tool to reach current and potentially new system users. Such platforms as Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Pinterest, TikTok, Twitter, or Linkedln are extremely popular with not only today's youth but also young and middle-aged adults. Percentage of U.S. Population Who Currently Use Any Social Media 63% 66% 70% 80% 79% 80% 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Source: www.statista.com SOCIAL MEDIA PLATFORMS Below is a chart that depicts the most frequently used social media sites throughout the world. As of October 2021, Facebook stands out as the most heavily trafficked social media platform, with an estimated 2.9 billion visitors per month. YouTube is second with 2.3 billion visitors per month. TikTok has the highest growth rate at 85.3% in 2021 Facebook Instagram YouTube Snap chat Pinterest Tik Tok Twitter WhatsApp Reddit Most Popular Social Networks in U.S. Participation in millions 193.9 157.1 126.0 108.0 88.3 78.7 77.8 74.9 48.0 Source: www.statista.com The key to successful implementation of a social network is to move participants from awareness to action and creating greater user engagement. This could be done by: • Allowing controlled 'user generated content' by encouraging users to send in their pictures from special events or programs. • Leveraging the website to obtain customer feedback for programs, parks and facilities, and customer service. • Conducting an annual website strategy workshop with the staff to identify ways and means that the website can support the Department's Social Media Trends. • Determining Social Media engagement trends through the Next Practice Partners' social media rankings report — www.benextpractice.com/npp- 2022-social-media-engagement-rankings.html • Identifying popular social media platforms for different age segments and posting in alignment with the trends on that platform. • Utilizing a Content Calendar that includes all active social media platforms to set a regular posting schedule that is customized for each audience. MARKETING AND COMMUNICATIONS RECOMMENDATIONS • Regularly review and adjust the Department's marketing plan including the components and strategies identified in this report. • Establish priority segments to target in terms of new program/service development and communication tactics. • Establish and review regularly, performance measures for Marketing Return on Investment; performance measures can be tracked through customer surveys as well as some web -based metrics. • Leverage relationships with partners to enhance marketing efforts through cross -promotion that include defined measurable outcomes. VOLUNTEER AND PARTNERSHIP MANAGEMENT Public parks and recreation agencies' effectiveness rests on their ability to seek out and maintain productive and meaningful partnerships with both community organizations and individuals to deliver quality and seamless services to their communities. These relationships should be mutually beneficial to each party to better meet overall community needs and expand the positive impact of the agency's mission. Effective partnerships and meaningful volunteerism are key strategy areas to meet the needs of the community in the years to come. CURRENT V®LUNTEER MANAGEMENT When managed with respect and used strategically, volunteers can serve as the primary advocates for the Department and its offerings. Volunteer information can be found on the Department's webpage https://www.miamigov.com/ My-Government/Departments/Parks-and-Recreation under the "Volunteer Request Form" button midway down the page or by clicking the button on the lower right hand side of the page. After clicking the button, users are redirected to a Microsoft form where they enter their information and submit online. Volunteer applicants can choose from one of three standard options: Park Beautification, Conservation, or Landscaping or they may choose "other" and specify the type of volunteer project they would like to complete. Volunteer applications are confirmed once the Department sends an official confirmation email. 0102 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Parks piaster Plan: Relmagine Parks Miami Volunteer Request Form Volunteer Request Form Thank you for your interest in volunteering with the City of Miami Parks and Recreation Department II is a top priority for us to strengthen environmental conservation and educational outreach efforts in partnership with local, state. private, and non-profit organizations. Programs Include, but are not limited 1E • Park 8eautScatmn (panting, park cleanup, other enhancements) • Landscaputg lmukhing, gardening, removino weeds anti exotic/invasive plants) • Conservation (removal or invasive plant species habitat restoration or natural areas) • Beach deans ups • Other For more information, please fill out the form below: City of Miami Parks 8 Recreation Volunteer Request Fonn > PARTNERSHIPS The Department currently partners with various organizations to enhance programs, events, and services. Some of the current partners include: Caremax Dade Amateur Golf Association First Tee Humana Leon Medical Center Miami -Dade County Public Schools Special Olympics Miami - Dade The following recommended policies will promote fairness and equity within the existing and future partnerships while helping staff to manage potential internal and external Volunteer Request Form Thank you for your interest in volunteering with the City of Miami Parks and Recreation Department. It is a top priority for us to strengthen environmental conservation and educational outreach efforts in partnership with local. slate. private. and non-profit organizations. Programs Include, but are not limited to: • Park Beautification (painting, park cleanup, other enhancements) • Landscaping (mulching, gardening, removing weeds and exotic/Invasive plants) • Conservation [removal ainvasive plant species, habitat restoration of natural areas) • Beach clean ups • Other For more information, please fill out the form below: City of Miami Parks and Recreation Volunteer Request > Form City of Miami Parks & Recreation Volunteer Request Form Serving. cationcing. and tronsfnrrrrinq cur cvrnmuniryy Thank you for your interest in volunteering wdh the City of Miami Parks and Recreation Departm ni. 11 is a top parity for u5 ,o strengthen errvnonmMral conservation and eduCational outreach efforts is partnership with Meal State. private. and non-profit orryanpahons. The current a wronment al educational pofjrama irwnlve restoration and corcerrahon charts to keep our ecoayslems healthy. Programs include, but ale not krnted to: • Pork loor/lt/re-anon (painting. pork Cteanup, other Pnhanry cw15) • tandscopenp (riukhrny. gardening. remwurg words and eromlaiwstre pianW - Cosacrwtson (removal of minnow plant r e ter, habitat restoration orriotaral army • treads cleav, tips • Other It you have not tdern5fied where you or your orpaniaattec wWYd like to serve as a volunteet.lhe City or Karoo Parks Department can find a unique opponunny to help us improve our green spaces. We welcome your rntafeot assistance. and help. and note you la heconie part ol tour volunteer team! Applicant/Organization Infarmation 1. First and Last Name ' Four )11.11 2.Organization Name CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0103 conflicts. Certain partnership principles must be adopted by the Department for existing and future partnerships to work effectively. These partnership principles are as follows: • All partnerships require a working agreement with measurable outcomes and will be evaluated on a regular basis. This should include reports to the agency on the performance and outcomes of the partnership including an annual review to determine renewal potential. • All partnerships should track costs associated with the partnership investment to demonstrate the shared level of equity. • All partnerships should maintain a culture that focuses on collaborative planning on a regular basis, regular communications, and annual reporting on performance and outcomes to determine renewal potential and opportunities to strengthen the partnership. VOLUNTEER AND PARTNERSHIP RECOMMENDATIONS The planning team recommends the following regarding volunteers and partnerships: • Establish formal volunteer and partnership policies and agreements following the recommended practices in the previous section and in the Appendix. • Create a volunteer handbook that outlines the Department's goals, objectives, and expectations and include a copy on the website for easy access by current and future volunteers. • Track volunteer and partnership metrics (monetary and in -kind) on a consistent basis. • Establish & track measurable outcomes for each partnership. • Explore opportunities with www.VolunteerMatch. org, an online platform that allows organizations to post volunteer opportunities and allows for individuals to find and sign-up for them. As the Department looks to evolve it will be critical to identify ways not just to "right -size" the organization but to "right -staff" it. The following chart is from the 2022 National Recreation and Park Association Agency Performance Review and outlines the average percentage distribution of staff responsibilities. This will be a helpful benchmark for the Department as it grows and aligns its volunteer and staff capacity with the growing community needs. RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARK AND RECREATION STAFF(AVERAGE PERCENTAGE DISTRIBUTION OF AGENCiFULL-TIME EQUIVALENTS(FTS) 45°A) 31% 4% Operations/Maintenance Programmers Administration Capital Development 401 Other 0104 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI CONCLUSION The consultant team has highlighted a few important recommendations from the report. These recommendations may change with any shifts in demographics, Department structure, and community and Department priorities. • Age Segments: This analysis identified a programmatic gap in services offered to preschool aged youth (ages 5 and under) and adults (18+). In the age segment distribution, there were no programs identified that targeted preschool youth as a primary or secondary audience. The Statistically Valid Survey indicated a community desire to offer more programs related to the arts, which is a great topic area to begin programming for this demographic. Adults were primarily targeted for rentals, special events, and therapeutic recreation. In alignment with the Statistically Valid Survey, the Department should consider expanding adult fitness & wellness programs to meet the needs of this demographic. • Cost Recovery: Cost recovery targets have been established for some core program areas. Tracking is inconsistent, making it difficult to determine if targets are being reached. It is recommended that the Department conduct a Full Cost -of -Service analysis to help determine cost recovery goals that are aligned with the Department's service philosophy. • Program Development and Marketing Plan: The Department uses a variety of communication channels to market programs, events, and activities. The Statistically Valid Survey indicates a desire by the community to learn about what is happening through online methods, specifically Facebook, Instagram, and the website. There does not seem to be a method for online registration available which may be a barrier for some who prefer to conduct business online. • Program Lifecycle Analysis The Department's overall program distribution percentages are aligned with national benchmarks with most programs in the Growth stage (47%). CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0105 PARKS AND RECREATION FACILITIES EXISTING PARKS AND RECREATION SYSTEM The Miami Parks and Recreation system is comprised of 136 developed parks and 15 undeveloped parks, for a total of 151 park sites. The system totals approximately 1,345 acres. The system also includes 40 indoor facilities that provide residents with approximately 399,980 square feet of indoor recreation space. These facilities range from the Kirk Munroe Tennis Center that provides residents with a variety of tennis programs to the Little Haiti Cultural Complex, which offers a unique opportunity for residents and visitors to gain exposure to Afro -Caribbean culture, expand their knowledge of the arts and develop new talents. Other public and private recreational resources are also located in and around the City of Miami. These include facilities provided by the Miami Dade County, colleges and universities, places of worship, the YMCA and the Boys & Girls Club. The following pages provide maps of the various elements of the parks and recreation system, and a full inventory can be found in the Appendix. CITY OF MIAMI PARKS AND RECREATION SYSTEM HIGHLIGHTS 151 Park Sites 1,3V Acre: 85 PIiygroLIs 82 Basketball p,"; Courts �► 5is Courts %*, .ag Parks 7 Diamond Fields 53 Rectangle II Fields 12 Outdoor Pools 399,980 sf of Indoor recreation space 0106 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Jose Marti Park Alice Wainwright Park Historic Virginia Key Beach Park Grapeland Heights Park CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0107 Page intentionally left blank 0108 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PARKS During the development of this plan, the following seven park types were used to classify parks b typical uses and management strategies: Neighborhood Parks - the local parks that primarily serve people who live and work in the immediate vicinity, and which feature standard park amenities, typically including seating, walking paths, a playground, and a small lawn for free play. These parks average around 3 acres, though they range from under one acre to 10 acres. Community Parks - averaging 12 acres, the primary feature of these parks is active recreation facilities, typically ballfields. Because demand for these facilities is greater than supply and they serve programs and leagues that operate citywide, these parks attract users beyond the neighborhood in which they are located tyically need to accommodate parking. f • 0 3 1 NW 17THST NW I4TH ST NW i/ --- IITH—� w NW7TH •Z 9 W FUGLER ST 0 m 3 Z •• II , SW 5TH TER ; ■ . • r 1 z f NW 54TH ST r ■ ■ ■ NE 79TH NE 71ST ST ' o NE 46TH ST ...� NE 36T� ST • i z NW 29TH ST NW 28TH ST • m NW 20TH ST1 Mini Parks - small parks, usually around 0.5 acres, that may include seating and other minor, passive amenities. Greenspot Parks - extremely small landscaped medians and triangles, under 1 /4 acre. Linear Parks - are defined by their primary use as walking/biking corridors connecting surrounding streets or trails. Undeveloped Parks - City -owned park sites awaiting development. Special Use Parks - all other parks which feature specialty uses or are a destination of significance, including islands, natural areas, golf courses, gardens, and special facilities. • ■ ■ NW 17Hen 39S4 ■ • • • NW 615T NE 20TH �T Fi � SW 1ST 4 gT 4 --w& MD 1111615. • SE 1#51 F ry,y2G SW qr1 9 Of .... m ■ .• w • . , I SW IbTH ST ^' ♦ 0 J • D 4 A • ■ ID A� SW22ND SI • - w N 0 0 LEGEND City Limits ' Commission District Parks ▪ Water Bodies City Parks Classifications ▪ Neighborhood - Community Mini - Greenspot Linear - Special Use - Undeveloped 1 • Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team 2 Miles 0 0109 WATERFRONT PARKS Access to beaches, waterfront, and waterways of all types is a hallmark of life in south Florida The Department is fortunate to have 46 parks with a waterfront edge. These edges include a wide variety of conditions, from the Atlantic Ocean sand beaches at Virginia Key, to the concrete seawall facing the Biscayne Bay in Alice Wainwright Park, to the grass edge of the Melreese Golf Course fronting the Tamiami Canal. Eleven of these 46 parks are islands dotting the Biscayne Bay and are accessible only by boat. Some of these parks also include specific facilities for accessing the water by boat, including Kayak/Canoe Launches and Boat Ramps. Additionally, there are three City -owned marinas, which are adjacent to Bayfront Park, Regatta Park, and the Miami Rowing Center. 1 NW 14TH ST Fern isle or Freedom ____ Q NW 11THST a j K Ant z 4 ...r.... h a Moceo l�ork t! 'a E i Zo • 3 Z WFL;GLER ST' ',?9 i �J Z obi King High Pork a OP 1 4 SW STH TER • 5. F NW 28TH ST . N W 20TH ST Gerry Curtis Park NW 7111 91' Parks with Waterfront City Parks with Waterfront (includes Ocean, Bay, Lakes, Rivers, Canals) City Parks Accessible by Boat Only On Canoe/Kayak Launches Boat Ramps (Powerboat) • ICity Marinas 0110 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI MI. Riv • Rapids Park SWI6TH ST BIRD AVE r Se, ell Park SW 22ND S David T. Kennedy Park — Dinner Key Picnic Island A .♦ - Dinner Key Picnic Island C — Dinner Key Picnic Island B Dinner Key Picnic Island D Dinner Key Picnic Island E akland G Mini Par NE 79TH Manatee Bend • Park NE7IST ST Bayw Legion Memorial Park IMIRJ ST ST w • A b4 rni gsid NE 461H ST NW 29TH ST UNNAMED - D2 Crystal Bluff Subdivision a\ e SOP Cs NE 1. ce A. Par - — HOC. Island s i tt6) narigrove Island (S.l. #4) Osprey Island (Si. #31 m Momingsido Island Sil. 42) a\ LEGEND F-7! City Limits Commission Districts ' Roads I. Parks - Wrier Bodies - River Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team INDOOR FACILITIES Indoor facilities, including community centers, recreation centers, gyms, and other indoor spaces, provide essential services to Miamians. After school programs, adult education, community meetings, fitness classes, and arts and cultural exhibit spaces are just some of the many uses these facilities provide, in addition to their role as resiliency centers during emergencies. The Department currently operates or manages space in 40 facilities across 36 park sites, otaling roughly 400,000 square feet, not including standalone restroom buildii s and po related buildings. Flagami Par Indoor Facilities - Parks with Recreation/Community Centers , Building oben King High Park 4• NW 17TH ST Grapeland Heights Park S -- -- NW 147H ST a ; a Mo u°, ark 'a m i• • ••z•••?8 Charlie DeLucm Par'" o 3 m z w West End Park SW 5TH TER B. NW IITHST NW 20TH ST Gerry Curtis Park NW 7TH it NW 28TH ST ■ Juan Pablo Duarte Park Ir f • W FiGIER '20 3 4 �J � OP B yan o Coral Park* m' Gates SW 16TH ST Park Shenandoah ■ Pork 4 • SW 22ND S 0 • .•.. BIRD AVE r MVP��rR . •: Elizzobeth Virrick Pork 9N GRAN AVE • Peacock • Park Esther Mae Armbrister 2� o Park nt-P D 01' It 5T m Acorn Tore Pork NW 54TH ST Charles HaiPark NE 79TH NE7IST ST 0 Little Haiti Legion Me Athalie Range Park Soccer Park z ;kg ST o '>i Little dam iulturalrtomple City Park v Morn 0 m NE 46TH ST ["c Moore Park,_ s � ....1 Clemente ante Park W 361' ST z NW29TH ST D NE20TH sWillia Pork * l Dorsey Park NW 14TH6TZ _ T .adorear NW tTsr r�abson P gi Henry, •- Henderson Park* SW 15T ST U lose • Mani Pork • ai • Dt Southsid Pork ,� Simpso • g �Park 3 ` • Lummra. se it sT ...• f 02 0 LEGEND I--7 City Limits Commission Districts R d _ Parks Water Bodies River '14661., KEY Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team 0111 OTHER PARKS, GREENSPACES, AND RECREATION PROVIDERS The City of Miami is not the only provider of parks and recreation services in Miami. Miami - Dade County maintains eight parks within city limits, and the State of Florida operates The Barnacle Historic State Park. Two ongoing projects represent a growing trend of private organizations spearheading th development of signature greenspaces: 1. The Underline is being developed by a public/private partnership whic includes representatives from Miami -Dade County and the Friends of the Underline. 2. The proposed 33-acre 1-395 Underdeck park is being led by The Underdeck Committee, and developed as a partnership between the City of Miami and Florida Department of Transportation. The Underdeck Committee is currently working to secure funding for the approximately $60 million dollar project.) Private, non-profit recreation providers also play a role in serving the community —there are two YMCA indoor facilities and one Boys and Girls Club which provide comparable services to a Department -run recreation center. Ludlam Trail Facilities Miami -Dade County Parks • — State Parks Cemeteries The Underline Existing In Development In Planning YMCA Boys and Girls Club 1-395 Underdeck (Proposed) 0112 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI • 4NW 17M Si —_ NW 14THST NE 791H NE 7IST 5T < rea 226 Alonzo Kelly Park Martin Luther Kin e BI N 62 ST IIIIIST Area 227 0 " m m • NW 54TH ST5 i o a m ism ' ' it NE46TH ST NW 28TH ST • NW20TH ST 1' < NW IITN ST �. a v � NW 7THR 3 s rvrwnn-vane a ......:�a_...'iil < m County 3 r Auditorium0 W F; GLER Si. ?�0 J a`. 1 P ti20 4 -... .. o ' y, SW 5TH TER o-e i11 SW I6TH ST • • GRAND AVE _ 1�y a2� ■ m 41 sw22NDs� Im r D AVE P{S S0 The Barnacle Historic State Park .-.-� NE 36T� ST = z 53 NW 29TH ST i m m m A NE20TH T i ert� ' ' STH NW 141Hts. Nw t7ST PY••� 7 r µW dT' Si Pelican 1 $ Island 9T Pelican Harbor Marina SW 1ST ST Y Y en 711 SW 711199 ,e4'OP mp � . SE I' 1ST Po j E N LEGEND -_7! City Limits Commission Districts • • Roads - Parks ▪ Water Bodies River IRGIN F:EY AW 0 2 Miles 0 : 0 Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team Page intentionally left blank CONTEXT ANALYSIS 01 1 3 PARK SITE EVALUATIONS Research by park experts has shown that all successful parks and public spaces share common qualities: • They are easily accessible • They are comfortable and have an attractive image • They allow users of all ages to engage in a variety of activities and allow people to gather and meet one another • They are sustainable — meaning that they help meet existing needs while not compromising the needs of future generations Considering these qualities, the City of Miami's parks where evaluated based on 6 categories and 35 sub -categories using various high - quality parks as measuring sticks for the rest of the park system. Parks were evaluated collaboratively by City staff and the consultant using a three-point scale for the condition category and five-ponit scale for the other categories: Condition Other Category Category Scale: Scale: 1.0 Poor 2.0 Fair 3.0 Great 1.0 Poor ‘11111r 5.0 Great The following pages contain a series of charts and a map that illustrate the results of this analysis. ACCESS Proximity, Access, and Linkages • Visibility from a distance Can one easily see into the park? • Ease of walking to the park Can someone walk directly into the park safely and easily? • Clarity of information/signage Is there signage that identifies the park, and/or signage that provides additional information for users? • ADA Compliance Does the site generally appear to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) laws for accessibility? • Lighting Is the park lighted appropriately for use at night? (if applicable) COMFORT Comfort and Image • First impression/ov rall attractiveness Is the park attractive at first glance? Feeling of safety Does the park feel safe at the time of the visit? • Cleanliness/overall quality of maintenance • (Exterior /Interior) Is the park clean and free of litter? • Comfort of places to sit Are there comfortable places to sit? • Protection from bad weather Is there shelter in case of bad weather? • Evidence of management/stewardship (Exterior/ Interior) Is there visual evidence of site management? • Ability to easily supervise and manage the park or facility (Interior) How difficult it is to supervise the park and its facilities? • Condition and effectiveness of any equipment or • operation systems Is the equipment and/or operating system in good condition? • Branding Does the park exhibit appropriate branding? 0114 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI USE Uses, Activities, and Sociability • Mix of uses/things to do Is there a variety of things to do given the type of park? • Level of activity How active is the park with visitors? • Sense of pride/ownership Is there evidence of community pride in the park? BUILDINGS Buildings and Architecture • Image and aesthetics Is the building attractive? • Clarity of entry and connection to the park Is the building integrated into its surroundings? • Interior layout Is the layout functional? • Interior finishes, furniture, and equipment Are the furnishings and equipment inside the building of good condition and quality? • Functioning dimensions of spaces Does the organization of space support the building's intended function? • Programming flexibility How flexible is the park in accommodating multiple uses? Ability of facility to effectively support current organized programming Is the site meeting the needs of organized programs? Marketing or promotional efforts for the facility Is the site being marketed effectively? NRPA PILLARS Health and Wellness, Conservation, Social Equity • Health and Wellness Does the park promote a variety of health and wellness opportunities? • Conservation Does the park promote conservation practices? • Social Equity Does the park promote social equity? • Structural integrity Is there any obvious need for structural repairs? • Building enclosure Is there any obvious need for repairs to the building shell? • Building systems Are all the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems in working order? • Energy and sustainability Is there evidence that the building is energy efficient? 3 CONDITION Amenities, Furnishings, Landscape, and Hardscape • Site Structures/ Amenities What are the condition of the park's amenities? • Site Furnishings What are the condition of the park's furnishings? • General Landscape/Hardscape What are the condition of the park's landscape and hardscapes? CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0115 PARK NAME Condition Category Scale: Other Category Scale: SITE AMENITIES AVERAGE FURNISHINGS AVERAGE GENERAL HARDSCAPE LANDSCAPE AVERAGE 1.0 Poor 1.0 Poor 2.0 Fair 3.0 Fair 3.0 Great 5.0 Great AVERAGE 2.1 - 2.2 2.2 Tibor and Shelia Hollo Park 2.0 2.0 African Square Park 1.6 Alice Wainwright Park 2.3 2.2 Allapattah Mini Park 2.7 2.3 2.0 Allen Morris Brickell Park - 2.0 2.0 Athalie Range Park 1. Antonio Maceo Park 1. 2.5 Bay of Pigs Memorial Park 2.0 2.7 - Bayfront Park 11.3 1.4 1.6 Baywood Park - 3.0 3.0 Belafonte-Tacolcy Park 1.: 2.3 2.1 Belle Meade Park 1.0 3.0 3.0 Billy Rolle Domino Park - . 1.3 Biscayne Park 3.0 1.8 2.7 Blanche Park 3.0 1.7 2.5 Broward Circle Mini Park - 2.0 3.0 Bryan Park 3.0 2.6 3.0 Buena Vista Park .0 1.• Charles Hadley Park 2.0 1.3 1.� Charlie DeLucca Park 1 1.1 1.5 2.5 City Cemetery - 3.0 3.0 Oak Avenue Park Coral Gate Park 2.3 2.8 2.8 Coral Nook Park - - - Coral Way Community Center Playground - 2.3 2.5 Crestwood Park 2.0 2.0 Cuban Memorial Boulevard 2.3 3.0 Culmer Mini Park David T. Kennedy Park 2.0 2.7 TOTAL SYSTEM AVERAGES 3.1 3.3 2.3 2.6 1.6 2.8 3.5 4.5 3.4 3.6 4.0 3.9 2.0 2.8 3.4 2.8 4.9 2.3 3.6 3.5 3.3 2.7 4.4 5.0 3.2 3.3 3.0 3.3 4.0 3.7 2.2 - 2.3 2.5 2.0 - 3.0 3.2 2.5 • 3.0 3.3 2.2 - 2.4 1.3 1.0 - 2.0 3.2 3.7 2.4 2.6 3.7 4.3 3.2 4.5 - - - 2.2 3. 1 5.0 3.4 3.5 4.3 3.0 - 4.0 3.5 4.5 4.2 4.5 3.7 3.5 - 2.8 .� 2.9 4.2 3.4 3.7 3.2 2.3 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.8 3.2 .9 1.8 - 3.4 3.4 4.2 - 2.6 3.7 4.3 3.2 3.4 3.1 - - 3.2 2.6 3.5 4.2 4.9 4.0 4.4 5.0 - - - 2.4 .0 3.4 - 2.8 3.4 4.0 4.5 4.0 4.0 - 2.5 3.4 3.2 2.8 2.7 2.7 2.9 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 11.1111 3.0 3.0 4.0 2.0 ib.1.0 2.0 4.0 I.1.0 3.0 1.0 4.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 5 3.0 4.0 2.0 1.• 3.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 - 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 0116 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PARK NAME Condition Category Scale: Other Category Scale: SITE AMENITIES AVERAGE FURNISHINGS AVERAGE GENERAL HARDSCAPE LANDSCAPE AVERAGE 1.0 Poor 1.0 Poor 2.0 Fair 3.0 Fair 3.0 Great 5.0 Great Domino Park - 1.8 - Dorsey Memorial Library - 2.5 2.3 Dorsey Park 1.9 1.8 Douglas Park 2.2 1.8 2.1 Durham Park - - Jig Eaton Park 3.0 2.8 2.5 Elizabeth Steele Mini Park - 2.5 Elizabeth Virrick Park 2.0 1.9 2.6 Ernesto Lecuona Park 1.5 1.0 1.11 2.0 Esther Mae Armbrister Park 2.5 2.4 Fern Isle Park 1.7 1.9 2.0 Flagami Park 2.0 2.0 2.3 liir Fort Dallas Park - - Fuller Street Plaza - 1.3 1.7 General Francisco Morazan Park 2.4 2.1 2.3 Gerry Curtis Park 2.5 2.0 2.5 Glen Royal Park - - 2.0 Gold Star Fa ily Memorial Mini Park _ - - Grapeland ights Park 2.2 2.2 Grove Mini Circle Park - 2.0 2.0 Grove Mini Park 2.0 2.0 2.0 Henderson Park 2.5 2.2 Henry Reeves Park Highland Circle Mini Park 1.0 1.0 Ichimura Japanese Gardens (Watson Island) 2.3 Icon Bay Park 3.0 3.0 3.0 Jose Marti Park 2.1 2.3 : Jose Milton Park at E. Albert Pallot Green Space 3.0 3.0 3.0 TOTAL SYSTEM AVERAGES 4.5 4.1 2.8 3.9 4.3 3.3 4.4 2.1 3.3 3.5 3.3 1. 2.9 3.8 3.5 1.0 1.3 3.8 1.1 3.3 3.9 2.6 1.3 2.6 2.9 4.3 3.9 .3 5.0 3.7 3.3 4.8 3.8 2.9 2.7 1.7 3.4 3.9 4.5 - 2.2 - - 4.3 4.5 4.3 - 4.0 3.7 2.3 - 4.2 4.4 4.0 2.0 2.4 - 2.6 3.7 3.8 3.2 2.8 3.5 3.8 3.8 3.2 3.3 3.2 3.4 1.0 1.0 l.W 2.6 3.6 2.7 - 4. 3.3 3.8 - 4.4 3.5 4.0 2.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 - 3.8 3.9 3.7 3.7 3.2 3.9 2.8 4.4 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 2.5 2.5 9 1.8 1.0 1.0 - 3.0 3.2 1.7 - 2.8 4.2 1.8 - 4.6 4.2 4.8 3.8 4.6 4.3 2.8 - 2.0 2.0 5.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 4.0 lak 2.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 3.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 5.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 4.0 5.0 CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0117 PARK NAME Condition Category Scale: Other Category Scale: SITE AMENITIES AVERAGE FURNISHINGS AVERAGE GENERAL HARDSCAPE LANDSCAPE AVERAGE 1.0 Poor 1.0 Poor 2.0 Fair 3.0 Fair 3.0 Great 5.0 Great Juan Pablo Duarte Park , 2.0 2.1 2.6 Kenneth M. Myers Park 2.4 Kirk Munroe Tennis Center Legion Memorial Park 2.2 Lemon City Park Lincoln Park Little Haiti Cultural Complex - 3.0 3.0 Little Haiti Memorial Park - 2.0 2.7 Little Haiti Soccer Complex 2.1 2.0 Little River Pocket Park 2.0 2.0 Lummus Landing 3.0 2.8 3.0 Lummus Park 2.3 2.1 2.2 Manatee Bend Park 3.0 3.0 2.3 Margaret Pace Park 2.3 Marjorie Stoneman Douglas Mini Park 2.0 2.0 2.5 Martell Park I - 2.5 2.5 Mary Brickell Park 2.0 2.3 2.0 Maurice A. Ferre Park 2.0 2.0 2.2 Melreese Golf Course 2.5 2.0 2.2 Merrie Christmas Park 2.0 1.9 2.0 Miami River Rapids Park - 2.0 2.5 Miami Rowing Center 1.7 Miller Dawkins Mini Park 1.0 1.8 2.0 Moore Park - 2.3 Morningside Park 2.1 2.6 North Bay Vista 3.0 2.6 2.7 Oakland Grove Mini Park 3.0 2.8 2.7 Oasis by the Bay - 2.0 3.0 Paraiso Park 2.7 3.0 2.0 Paul S. Walker Urbanscape - 2.8 2.0 TOTAL SYSTEM AVERAGES 3.7 3.3 3.5 3.8 3.2 3.2 4.6 2.4 3.6 2.3 3.7 3.5 3.7 3.6 3.4 3.1 3.2 4.3 3.9 3.2 2.3 2.7 2.6 4.0 3.7 2.9 3.2 4.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 3.7 4.2 2.9 3.8 3.3 2.7 - 3.8 3.1 3.7 3.3 2.6 3.4 4.0 3.2 3.8 3.0 2.8 3.8 3.4 2.5 - 4.0 4.8 4.7 4.8 2.4 2.8 2.0 - 3.0 4.2 3.8 3.4 1.5 3.2 - - 4.4 4.2 2.5 - 3.8 3.5 3.2 3.6 4.5 4.0 2.7 - 4.0 2.9 3.8 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.0 - 3.5 3.5 2.2 - 3.4 3.4 2.8 - 4.4 4.6 3.8 4.3 3.4 L 4.5 2.8 4.7 3.6 3.1 2.8 Lij - 3.0 3.9 1.8 3.1 IP 1.5 3.1 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.8 4.0 3.3 4.8 3.8 4.4 3.9 3.7 3.0 3.6 2.8 2.2 3.8 3.5 2.3 3.8 4.3 1.8 3.6 2.0 3.4 3.6 2.0 3.0 5.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.01 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 4.0 5.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 • 1.0 1.0 3.0 3.0 1 .0.0 - 3.0 3.0 0 4.0 5.0 1 3.0 5.0 - 4.0 5.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0118 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PARK NAME Condition Category Scale: Other Category Scale: SITE AMENITIES AVERAGE FURNISHINGS AVERAGE GENERAL HARDSCAPE LANDSCAPE AVERAGE 1.0 Poor 1.0 Poor 2.0 Fair 3.0 Fair 3.0 Great 5.0 Great Peacock Park 1.4 2.4 Pine Heights Mini Park 3.0 2.0 2.5 Plaza de la Cubanidad - 2.0 Pullman Park 3.0 2.9 2.8 Rainbow Village Park - Regatta Park 2.6 Robert King High Park 2.1 2.4 Roberto Clemente Park 1.4 1.2 1.1 Ronald W. Regan Park 3.0 3.0 3.0 Sandra DeLucca Development Center 2.7 Sewell Park 3.0 2.0 2.1 Shenandoah Park 2.1 2.3 Sherdavia Jenkins Peace Park 3.0 3.0 2.5 Shorecrest Mini Park 2.0 2.0 2.0 Simon Bolivar Park - 1.0 1.0 Silver Bluff Park 3.0 2.5 3.0 Simonhoff Floral Park 2.0 2.3 Simpson Park 2.6 South Bay Vista Park - 3.0 South Shenandoah Mini Park 3.0 3.0 Southside Park 2.2 2.0 .5 Spring Garden Point Park 3.0 S 1 Stearns Park - 3.0 2.3 Swannanoa Mini Park 2.0 - 3.0 Thelma Gibson Heritage Garden 2.7 2.1 2.8 Theodore Gibson Park 2.7 2.1 2.8 Town Park 2.2 2.7 Triangle Park - 1.0 2.0 Unity Park 2.0 2.2 2.0 TOTAL SYSTEM AVERAGES 3.6 3.0 r 2.6 2.8 4.1 3.9 3.0 r 4.6 2.9 4.2 2.5 1 4.5 1.9 3.2 2.2 3.7 30 1.8 2.7 4.0 2.3 3.4 3.0 3.8 3.5 4.2 2.9 3.2 • P 4.0 1.0 3.0 - 4.2 2.6 2.5 3.4 2.6 2.3 - 4.4 3.9 4.2 - 3.4 4.0 4.3 3.9 3.3 2.5 2.2 4.0 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.3 5.0 2.3 3.6 2.8 - 4.2 4.1 4.3 4.0 3.0 2.3 1.0 2.8 3.1 - 2.0 1.0 - 4.2 4.6 4.6 - 2.8 2.5 1.5 1.0 4.0 4.0 2.4 2.3 3.2 2.8 1.7 3.8 4.5 2.8 - 3.2 2.9 2.4 3.2 2.7 2.7 - 3.3 2.0 - 4.4 3.9 3.8 - 4.0 3.8 4.3 3.7 4.0 3.8 4.3 3.7 3.3 2.3 1.3 - 3.2 3.4 3.5 - 2.6 4.0 2.5 - 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 . 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 r 5.0 5.0 5 0 3.0 III 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 2.0 L 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 11111 3.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0119 PARK NAME Condition Category Scale: Other Category Scale: SITE AMENITIES AVERAGE FURNISHINGS AVERAGE GENERAL HARDSCAPE LANDSCAPE AVERAGE 1.0 Poor 1.0 Poor 2.0 Fair 3.0 Fair 3.0 Great 5.0 Great UNNAMED-1211 SW 14 ST - - UNNAMED - 2201 Silver Bluff _ _ UNNAMED-6150- NE 4 AVE - _ _ UNNAMED-AIPP Triangle Parcel 2.6 UNNAMED-Brickell Estates - - - UNNAMED-Brickell Hammock/Sammy Park _ - UNNAMED-D2 Crystal Bluff Subdivision _ - UNNAMED -East Shenandoah 0 ilik 1.8 UNNAMED-Roco Villa Park - - 1.3 UNNAMED -SE 25 RD - 2.0 2.0 UNNAMED -Utopia Park (La Playa) - 2.5 Virginia Key & Miami Marine Stadium Flex Park 2.2 2.3 Virginia Key Beach Park 2.3 West Buena Vista Mini Park 3.0 2.3 2.3 West End Park 2.1 2.4 2.5 TOTAL SYSTEM AVERAGES 0 1.0 1.0 - 8 3.9 - 1.6 1.7 - 2.0 2.3 2.3 1.6 . - - 2.0 2.6 2.0 2.0 3.0 - 2.6 3.1 3.0 2.0 3.0 3.1 3.0 3.1 3.8 3.8 3.3 - 3.8 4.6 4.2 4.4 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 0120 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PARK SITE EVALUATIONS SUMMARY FINDING Based on the evaluation of the City of Miami's parks and recreation system using the criteria previously described, the City's parks and recreation system scored just above fair condition, with an overall score of 3.1. This page maps park site evaluation scores and illustrates the range of park score throughout the city. The system displayed a variety of strengths and opportunities that the city should build on and improve wherever possible. The following pages provide a summary of these strengths and opportunities. Park Evaluation Park Scores Poor Fair . Great NW 14TH ST a NW IITHS���^ LEGEND I_1 City Limits ! Commission Districts Roads ▪ Water Bodies ▪ River Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team • PROXIMITY, ACCESS, AND LINKAGES (+) STRENGTHS • Most of the City's parks provide adequate visibility or clear site lines into the park.. • Many of the City's parks provide users the opportunity to safety and comfortable walk to parks along sidewalks or low traffic streets. • Most of the City's parks show evidence that it is intent is to be accessible and would allow equitable use for people with all needs/abilities. • Most of the City's parks and recreation facilities appear to be appropriately lit for the type of park. (-) OPPORTUNITIES • While some of City's parks contain signage and wayfinding, there is an opportunity to enhance signage in all of the City's park. Additional signage opportunities that the City should consider include a park system location map, park amenity location map and amenity directional signage (depending on the size and complexity of the park), amenity signs, and educational interpretive signs. • Most of the City's park lights need to be upgraded to be LED, allow users opportunities to enjoy park amenities after dusk, where appropriate, or provide safety lights in parks where after dusk activities are not appropriate. • While most of the City's parks are accessible, the City should continue to improve ADA accessibility to park and park amenities to ensure that people with disabilities have equitable access to the City's park amenities. COMFORT AND IMAGE (+) STRENGTHS • The first impression and overall attractiveness of most of the City's parks is fair with a few being great. The positive first impression and overall attractiveness of these parks also translates into a feeling of safety and stewards from park users. 0122 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI • Most of the City's parks exhibit good signs of overall cleanliness, quality of exterior maintenance, management, and stewardship with some parks exhibiting a higher degree than others. • Most of the interior spaces of City park buildings can be easily supervised and managed due to an interior design that is configured to allow clear site lines to major amenities, entrances, and exists from a central location. This translates into strong interior management/stewardship and cleanliness, which many parks exhibit. • Most of the City's park seating areas that are inviting, neat, clean, and sensorially pleasant along with equipment that is in good condition and effective. (-) OPPORTUNITIES • While most of the City's parks have a fair to great first impression, overall attractiveness, cleanliness, quality of maintenance, management, and stewardship, there is an opportunity to improve the quality of parks so it is consistent across the entire parks system. This includes addressing deferred maintenance, completing capital improvements, and re -master planning some of these parks. • There is an opportunity to improve the appearance, comfort, and experience of park sitting areas. The City should strive to incorporate a consistent variety of seating options in parks including movable tables and chairs, which allow user to customize their sitting experience. • Many of the City's parks do not contain shelters where park users can go to find refuge from Florida's inclement and at times unpredictable weather. The City should strive to incorporate more shelters and shade in parks including pavilions, shade structures for playgrounds, exercise stations, and seating areas, and shade trees to enhance park user's experience and comfort. • • Some of the City's parks contain equipment and operating systems that are in good condition, however, others do not. The City should ensure that the equipment and operating systems in all of the City's parks are in good working condition. Many of the City's parks have the potential to enhance their branding through the consistent use of high -quality materials, colors, textures, furnishings, signage, details, upkeep, and overall aesthetics. The City should develop park standards that define the City's brand and implement the branding throughout the parks and recreation system. USES, ACTIVITIES, AND SOCIABILITY POR FAVOR HO •S I NW SMEIEN EL E[Ext AEG:. (+) STRENGTHS • Many of the City's parks exhibit an adequate sense of pride and ownership by being actively used and with signs of volunteerism,"patrolling" by users," along with signs of care, maintenance, and upkeep. (-) OPPORTUNITIES • While some of the City's parks provide a range of facilities, amenities, and activities for users of all ages that lead to a high level of activity, others do not. This limited range of facilities, amenities, and activities in parks also limits the level of activity that occurs in these parks. Even parks that are well used in the evenings or the weekends, may remain underused in other parts of the day. The City should strive to add more activities and things to do in parks based on the community's needs and priorities. This will also increase the sense of pride in the parks. • While some of the City's parks are adequately planned, spatially organized to facilitate organized programming, others are not. Spaces for multi -purpose, multi - generational experiences and parking appear to be limiting factors. • While some of the City's parks use a variety of marketing and promotional tools to make residents aware of the park, its recreation facilities, activities, and programs, others do not. To the extent possible, the City should look to enhance marketing efforts through as many avenues as possible including traditional and digital means. BUILDINGS AND ARCHITECTURE (+) STRENGTHS • Most of the City's park buildings have an adequate image and aesthetic through the use of appropriate proportions and materials, and contribute to the context of the park and surrounding neighborhood. • Most of the City's park buildings have adequate entry points and connections to surrounding outdoor spaces. • Most of the City's parks contained well -organized interior layouts that are of an appropriate dimension for their specified functions. • Most of the City's park buildings showed no visible evidence of loss of integrity of any structural members and building enclosures. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0123 (-) OPPORTUNITIES • While most of the City's park buildings scored fair or above in most of the evaluation categories, other buildings scored poorly and should be explored for improvements, including potential reconstruction. • While some of the buildings have fair interior finishes, furniture, and equipment that is undamaged, well -maintained, and aesthetically pleasing, others do not. The interior finishes of these buildings may be aging and could be renovated and brought up to date. • Most of these systems are not energy efficient. Overtime, the City should look to replace and upgrade building's system to have energy efficient elements and use sustainable materials. NRPA PILLARS (-) OPPORTUNITIES • While some of the City's parks provide good examples of 'Health and Wellness' there are opportunities for enhancement across the parks system, particularly through adding a mix of uses and things to do for users of all ages and abilities.. • While some of the City's parks exhibit adequate 'Conservation' principles, through practices like expansive tree canopy and sustainable materials, there is an opportunity to enhance conservation strategies in all of the City's parks. These include additional tree canopy, the use of additional sustainable materials, erosion control, stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs), use of native landscaping, and other environmental best practices. • While some of the City's parks exhibit good 'Social Equity' strategies, such as ease of access, ADA compliance, recreation opportunities for different ages/abilities, and locations in racially, ethnically, and economically diverse areas, there are opportunities to fill gaps in both access to parks, and the amenities within parks that would improve social equity. 0124 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI CONDITION (+) STRENGTHS • Most of the City's parks contain landscape and hardscape elements such as walkways, trails, and parking areas that appear to be in good condition and may not need improvements in the next 5 to 7 years. (-) OPPORTUNITIES • While some of the City's parks contain facilities and amenities such as sports courts, fields, pavilions, playgrounds, etc. that may not need improvements in the next 5 to 7 years, most may need improvements in the next 1 to 5 years. Specific facilities and amenities that appear to need attention include Baseball Fields, Basketball Courts, Batting Cages, Pavilions, Pools, Racquetball Courts, and Restrooms. The City should develop an Asset Management/ Repair and Replacement Schedule to proactively plan for these Capital Improvements. • While many of the City's parks contain furnishing such as benches, picnic tables, trash receptacles, etc. that may not need to be replaced in the next 5 to 7 years, others may need replacement in the next 1 to 3 years. Specific furnishings to look at include water fountains, dog waste stations, and signs. The Asset Management/ Repair and Replacement Schedule should also include furnishings to proactively plan for their replacement. • While most of the City's parks contain landscape and hardscape elements such as walkways, trails, and parking areas that appear to be in good condition and may not need improvements in the next 5 to 7 years, others do not. Some parks have trails and parking areas that need to be improved in the next 3 years, and others contain landscape areas such as turf fields that also require improvements in the next 1 to 3 years. CONTEXT ANALYSIS 0125 NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT The purpose of the Needs and Priorities Assessment is to determine the gaps between existing and desired conditions. Each community must determine the appropriate needs assessment techniques and Level -of -Service (LOS) standards required to identify and meet the specific needs of its residents. For a large, populous, and diverse city like Miami, a broad range of techniques were employed, with a primary emphasis placed on the input of community members. There is no one single technique or method that allows communities to identify the needs and priorities of their community. Therefore, a "triangulated" approach was used to identify needs and priorities, incorporating a variety of observational, quantitative, and qualitative techniques. This allows the determination of needs and priorities to develop from different perspectives. Some observational and quantitative techniques, such as demographic analyses, trends analysis, and park site evaluations were discussed in Chapter 1 — Context. Additional quantitative and qualitative techniques are discussed in this chapter. A comprehensive analysis can be reviewed in the Appendix. 0126 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI QUANTITATIVE QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS METHODS • Statistically Valid Survey • On-line Survey • Level -Of-Service Analyses • Benchmarking PARKS SYSTEM NEEDS & PRIORITIES OBSERVATIONAL ANALYSIS METHODS • Park Site Evaluations • Demographics Analysis • Trends Analysis NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT ANALYSIS METHODS • City Leadership Interviews • Staff Input • Steering Committee Meeting • Focus Group Interviews • Public Meetings • Project Web -Site • Project App Considering the Qpurposed this plan, what are l[hmngc nre want Iv I. nn Wee the wrvey 1h, don't 0127 2.1.METHODS + TECHNIQUES Quantitative techniques used for the Miami Needs and Priorities Assessment were: 1 . A Citywide and Commission District Based Statistically Valid Survey; ETC Institute mailed a survey packet to a random sample of households in the City of Miami. Each survey packet contained a cover letter, a copy of the survey, and a postage -paid return envelope. Residents who received the survey were given the option of returning the survey by mail or completing it online at MiamiParksSurvey.org. The goal was to complete a minimum of 1,000 completed surveys from residents. The goal was exceeded with 1,078 completed surveys collected. The overall results for the sample of 1,078 households have a precision of at least +/- 3.0 at the 95% level of confidence. Because of its statistical accuracy and demographic alignment with Miami's racial and age groups, the SVS is used as the foundation for determining needs and priorities —with other techniques supporting its findings as relevant. 2. Existing Level -of -Service (LOS) analyses; • Access Level of Service - Measures travel distances (and approximate time) to parks and individual facilities such as athletic fields, recreation centers, etc. • Acreage Level of Service - Measures acreage in a ratio to the community's population (acres of parkland per 1,000 people). • Facilities Level of Service - Measures facility capacity in a ratio to the community's population (number of residents for everyone one facility). 4 ualitative techniques were: 1 . City Leadership Interviews; The Consultant Team conducted one-on- one interviews with city leaders including the City Manager and Elected officials. These interviews were intended to identify city-wide and Commission District based parks and recreation needs and priorities along with social, environmental, and economic challenges that were most important to city leaders. Additionally, the Consultant Team conducted meetings with city leaders at key points during the process to share findings and collect input about the findings. 2. Steering Committee; The Consultant Team met with a Steering Committee comprised of representatives from the Mayor and Commissioner offices to get input and direction on the plan in key phases of the project. • Indoor Square Footage Level of Service - Measures the quantity of indoor recreation space in a ratio to the community's population. • Financial Level of Service - Measures the amount of operations, maintenance, and capital funding the Department spends per capita. 3. Benchmarking; Comparing Miami to National Recreation and Park Association (NRPA) Park Metrics Data for cities with a similar population and population density as the City of Miami as well as peer cities and to the Gold Standard of Park Systems - City of Minneapolis. 0128 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 3. Staff Interviews; The Consultant Team met with staff throughout the process in various settings to collect direction and input. 4. Online Survey; The Consultant Team hosted a 27-question online survey in English and Spanish during the months of August - September 2022. A total of 634 people participated in the survey. The survey was based on the statistically -valid survey, but had some modifications to accommodate the online format. 5. Project Website and Social Media Engagement The master planning process included the creation of a custom website: www.reimagineparksmiami. com, which included information on public meetings, surveys, and findings. The site's pages have been viewed over 2,700 times by over 1,200 distinct users. Additionally, frequent postings on the Department's Twitter and Facebook pages about the master planning process and public engagement opportunities resulted in feedback received through Facebook and Twitter comments and messages. 6. Public Meetings in Each Commission District The Consultant Team held nine (9) public meetings throughout the city from February 2022 through April 2022. The purpose of hosting these events was to meet residents where they were and solicit their input about parks and recreation facility and program needs and priorities. Over 500 people participated in these meetings and provided over 3,500 opinion dots were collected during the following dates, locations, and times: • Tuesday, February 15 1 Carrie P. Meek Senior Center' District 51 English 1 5:30 pm — 7:00 pm • Wednesday, February 16'Jose Marti Park 1 District 31 English 1 6:30 am — 8:00 pm • Thursday, February 17 1 Grapeland Heights Park 1 District 11 English + Spanish' 6:30 am — 8:00 am • Tuesday, March 1 1 Shenandoah Park 1 District 4 1 English 1 7pm — 9pm • Tuesday, March 21 Esther Mae Armbrister Park 1 District 2' English 1 6:30pm — 8pm • Wednesday, March 3 1 Carrie P. Meek Senior Center' District 5 1 English 1 12:30pm — 2:30pm • Tuesday, April 5 1 West End Park 1 District 41 English + Spanish 1 6:30 pm — 8:00 pm • Wednesday, April 6 1 Morningside Park 1 District 21 English + Spanish 16:30 pm — 8:00 pm • Thursday, April 7 1 Little Haiti Cultural Center 1 District 51 English + Creole 1 5:30 pm — 7:00 pm Attendees participated in six (6) different interactive exercises during these District Public Meetings, which were also designed to share commonalities with SVS questions. 7. Virtual Public Meetings The Consultant Team held five (5) online meetings during May 2022. The purpose of hosting these events was to provide residents who were unable (or would prefer not) to attend a public meeting additional opportunities to offer their input about parks and recreation facility and program needs and priorities. While these meetings were marketed as specific to certain Commission Districts, anyone was welcome to join. • District 1 — Tuesday, May 3, 2022 1 6:30 pm — 8:00 pm • District 2 — 6:30 pm — • District 3 — 6:30 pm — • District 5 — 6:30 pm — • District 4 — 6:30 pm — Thursday, May 5, 2022 1 8:00 pm Tuesday, May 10, 2022 1 8:00 pm Tuesday, May 17, 2022 1 8:00 pm Thursday, May 19, 2022 1 8:00 pm The public engagement process was promoted via various traditional, on-line, and social media outlets. Findings from each of the need's assessment techniques, as well as a summary of the top priority needs are discussed in this section. NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0129 THE POWER OF PUBLIC INPUT CAPTURING THE VOICE OF THE PEOPLE Parks are for people, and a robust public engagement process makes every park a reflection of its people. From the start, REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI was designed to incorporate the interests of Miami's residents. The belief that a parks and recreation system that reflects the people who use it will be more effective than one that doesn't was a core belief of the team, and was a motivating force behind the extensive effort to capture public input. Despite the challenges of the Covid pandemic, the team offered a dozen meeting opportunities for Miami residents, in eight in -person locations throughout the city, as well as in virtual meetings online. 0130 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI IN -PERSON + VIRTUAL MEETINGS STATISTICALLY VALID SURVEY + ONLINE SURVEY RESPONSES 30,000+ QUESTION RESPONSES OPINION DOTS NEEDS + PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0131 2.2.KEY THEMES + RESULTS Based on the high ranking and repeated appearance of specific needs and priorities across the full range of analysis methods and input, the following four key themes emerged: RENEW - the existing parks, programs, and services should be improved and upgraded. CONNECT - parks and greenspaces should be better integrated into surrounding communities through enhanced physical connections; programming services deserve increased public exposure, interaction, and accessibility. GROW - Miami needs to add new parks, facilities, programs, and staff to respond to a growing population. INNOVATE - The Parks Department must be forward thinking in design and operations solutions that are coordinated across all government agences and partners to provide multiple benefits to the city. Following is an overview of findings from the various needs assessment techniques that support these four themes. 0132 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI RENEW Residents, stakeholders, and staff all expressed a desire to improve the condition of parks and recreation facilities across the city. In fact, the second highest barrier to park use as identified in the Statistically Valid Survey (SVS) was "Facilities are not well maintained", which was expressed by 22% of respondents in comparison to the national average of 9%. "Parks are not well maintained" was also identified as a barrier for park use by 16% of respondents in comparison to the national average of 6%. Reasons that have discouraged household from using City of Miami parks, trails, facilities, or programs during the past 12 months by percentage of respondents (multiple selections allowed) I do not know what programs are being offered Facilities are not well maintained Lac arking Security is insuffient Parks are not ell maintained 11111111ko far from resid e Facilities do not have the right equipment Lack of quality programs I do not know the location of the facilities Fees are too expensive National Average 22% 22% I� 17% 16% 12% 11% 11% 10% 10% 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 29% 30% 35% NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0133 RENEW is also consistent with residents' desire to spend the top two allocations of dollars on improving existing parks —first, by the "Development of new parks facilities in existing parks" ($16.62) and second, through "Improvements/maintenance of existing parks and recreation facilities" ($16.53). STATISTICALLY VALID SURVEY How respondents would allocate a budget of $100 for Parks and Recreation by average allocated per item Development of New Park Facilities (e.g. athletic ■ fields, playground, restrooms, etc.) in Existing Parks Improvement to Existing Parks and Recreation ❑ Facilities (e.g. repairs, replacements or renovations to playgrounds, athletic fields, restrooms, etc.) Development of New Wakng and Biking Facilities ■ (paved and/or unpaved paths) • Development of New Indoor Recreation Center • Acquiring New Park Land Improvements/maintenance to Existing Walking and ■ Biking F cilities (e.g. repairs, repaving or renovations, etc.) Additional recreation activities, programs, classes and/ • or events Improvements to Existihg Indoor Recreation Centers (e.g. repairs, replacements or renovations) D Other Online survey results similarly returned "Development of New Park Facilities" as the highest allocation ($13.66), with "Improvements/Maintenance of Existing Facilities" third ($12.50). Development of New Park Facilities (e.g. athletic ■ fields, playground, restrooms, etc.) in Existing4rks • Acquiring New k Land Improvement to Exis g Parks and Recreation ❑ Facilities (e.g. repairs, replacements or renovations to playgrounds, athletic fields, restrooms, etc.) Development of New Walkin and Biking Facilities ■ (paved and/or unpaved paths) Improvements/maintenance to Existing Walking and ■ Biking Facilities (e.g. repairs, repaving or renovations, etc.) • Development of New Indoor Recreation Center • Additional recreation activities, programs, classes and/ or events • Improvements to Existing Indoor Recreation Centers (e.g. repairs, replacements or renovations) • Other 0134 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The Public Meeting results also placed the highest allocation ($17.35) to "Improvements/Maintenance of Existing Facilities." • Development of New Park Facilities (e.g. athletic fields, playground, restrooms, etc.) in Existing Parks • Acquiring New Park Land Improvement to Existing Parks and Recreation • Facilities (e.g. repairs, replacements or renovations to playgrounds, athletic fields, restrooms, etc.) Development of New Walking and Biking Facilities ▪ (paved and/or unpaved paths) • Improvements/maintenance to Existing Walking and Biking Facilities (e.g. repairs, repaving or renovations, etc.) • Development of New Indoor Recreation Center • Additional recreation activities, programs, classes and/or even • Improvements to Existing Indoor Recreation Centers (e.g. repairs, replacements or renovations) • Other Finally, Miami residents rated parks as "Excellent" or "Good" at rates well below the national average. STATISTICALLY VALID SURVEY &Rating Quality of Parks by percentage of respondents Rated "Excellent" R d "Excellent" or "Good" • National Average 0% 25% 50% 75% 80% NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0135 CONNECT Residents and stakeholders expressed a desire to be better connected to the parks and recreation system. Following in the design principles described in the previous master plan, improving the physical connections between parks and neighborhoods emerged as high priority. "Development of walking and biking facilities" was identified as the highest priority action to improve the parks and recreation system with 91 % of respondents stating they were "Very Supportive" or "Somewhat Supportive" of this action. STATISTICALLY VALID SURVEY Level of Support for Actions to Improve Parks and Recreation by percentage of respondents ■ Very Supportive ■ Somewhat Supportive Not Sure Development of walking & biking facilities Develop parks for un-organized & free play/not permitted for organized sports Develop additional outdoor sports facilities for organized spo Develop new outdoor aquatics facilities Develop additional multi -purpose indoor gymnasiums Make park edges friendlier and more attractive by lowering, redesigning, or removing fences and gates around parks Develop new indoor aquatics facilities Provide more inclusionary services centers throughout city similar to Sandra DeLucca Developmental Center Not Supportive M % 3°A, 4% 4% 18% 6% 18% 8% 8% 1 28% 2 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% 0136 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Considering this, it is no surprise that paved multipurpose trails, unpaved walking and hiking trails, and sidewalks were all identified as high priorities for investment, based on their combined level of support, importance, and need as identified by residents. The Priority Investment Rating (PIR) was developed by ETC Institute to provide organizations with an objective tool for evaluating the priority that should be placed on recreation and parks investments. The Priority Investment Rating (PIR) equally weights (1) the importance that residents place on amenities/facilities and (2) how many residents have unmet needs for the facility/amenity. STATISTICALLY VALID SURVEY Top Priorities for Investment for Facilities/Amenities based on Priority Investment Rating Natural areas/nature parks Restrooms at parks Neighborhood parks (1-10 acres) Paved multi -purpose trails Unpaved walking & hiking trails Outdoor pool 108 Mini parks (less than 1 acre) 107 Dog parks 105 Sidewalks 102 Playground/adventure/discovery playgrounds 98 Indoor gymnasium 98 Community gardens 87 Splash pad/spray ground 85 Outdoor picnic areas 83 Community paT 80 Indoor pool 78 Indoor fitness equipment w 75 Transportation to parks 69 Outdoor fitness 67 senior cenr / 66 Food forests/edible landscaping 63 Park shelters/picnic pavilions Multi -generational center Outdoor amphitheater ■ 63 57 55 128 126 148 148 186 High Priority (100+) Medium Priority (50-99) Skate park 49 'Tennis courts 49 Indoor nature center 42 Teen center 42 Basketball courts 41 Sand volleyball 28 Pickleball courts 27 Rectangle multi -purpose sports fields 26 Outdoor futsal/mini soccer courts - 26 Beach Tennis - 22 Baseball/softball fields 21 Cricket fields 0 4 Low Priority (0-49) NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0137 Results from the Online Survey also demonstrated a need for connections, with "Transportation to Parks," "Paved multi -purpose trails," and "Sidewalks" all scoring in the top 50% of Facilities that residents expressed they "Need More" of. ONLINE SURVEY How well needs are being met for parks and recreation facilities/amenities by percentage of responses selecting "Need MORE" Transportation to Parks (i.e. public transit service, stops) Paved multi -purpose trails Sidewalks 0% 4 55% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% The results of the funding exercises illustrated on pages 136-137, demonstrated that "Development of New Walking and Biking Facilities" is a strong priority, scoring in the top 4 across all input methods. Additionally, "Lack of Parking" was identified by 22% of respondents as a barrier for park use, more than twice the national average of 9% on page 135 and the need for additional parking was noted repeatedly in public meetings. Finally, beyond the physical connections, residents and stakeholders also expressed a desire to connect to programs and services. For example, the number one barrier to park use was "I do not know what is being offered," on page 135, which suggests a need to better communicate the Department of Parks and Recreation's offerings. 0138 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI This barrier is consistent with the desire of residents to improve communications with the Department through the top three strategies for Improving Parks, including the development of a mobile app, quarterly/ bi-annual park improvement meetings, or an online dashboard website to stay connected to programs, services, and happenings. STATISTICALLY VALID SURVEY Strategies for Improving Parks that Respondents Would be Most Interested to Participate In by percentage of respondents Mobile App Quarterly/bi-annual park improvements meetings Online dashboard-website 3 2% 10% 20% 30% 4 50% 60% NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0139 GROW The City of Miami has seen significant population growth during the last 10 years, and substantial growth is projected to continue. There is a need to expand the parks and recreation system to catch up with the growth. This includes park land, park facilities, staffing, and funding. Many residents, park advocates, and park planners have recognized for decades that Miami has low amounts of park land for its population and density. In many cases, additional park land is also critical to providing space for accompanying new facilities, which are also needed, like playgrounds, ballfields, and open lawns. Public input recognized these needs with High Priority Investment Ratings for Natural Areas/Nature Parks, Neighborhood Parks, and Mini -Parks citywide. Additionally, "Acquiring New Parkland" receiving the highest allocation of funding in the Steering Committee and District 3 public meetings, and an overall "lack of parks" was consistently noted in public comments. The charts below identify the citywide high priority facility/ amenity needs identified in the Statistically Valid Survey. A dot is placed where those facilities/ amenities were also identified as needs in the other public engagement and analysis techniques. HIGH PRIORITY FACILITY/AMENITY NEEDS CITYWIDE#UMMARY FINDINGS NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: to a >° s .0 T N ,� G) G) 1 u N 6 y - Q) d 0) ..= 0 c c •c E u °' 'a s o E i CD - v)cnn cciO ci0S vv) viin0 'oa' - E iV ° E w E ° z N - .� a° o >.s > o c HIGH PRIORITY NEEDS: Natural Areas/ • / • / 1 • • • Restrooms at Parks • 1 • / - • • • - Neighborhood Parks (1-10 acres) • • • ' • • - • • Paved multi -purpose trails • e - • • • • - Unpaved multi -purpose trails • • - • • • • - Outdoor pools • I • ` - • • • - Mini parks (less than 1 acre) • • • - • • • • • Dog parks * - - d • - • • Sidewalk • , • - • - - - - 0140 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI When considering actions to improve the park system, growth of land and facilities again was consistently noted across nearly all techniques as illustrate in the chart below with dots. IGH PRIORITY ACTIONS CITYWIDE SUMMARY FINDINGS NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: 70 a Tr N 1 c .V9 aa v) o-o ) �•CCL • = E O. aa)�c ' •O ON N ` O -c/)N c'iO MU �N uNU sod r:5� 1 illNatural Areas/ Nature Parks Restrooms at Parks `Neighborhood Parks (1-10 MiPs) Growing at the Local Level • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The following charts document the high priority facilities/ amenities and actions per Commission District as identified in the Statistically Valid Survey. A dot is placed where those facilities/ amenities were also identified in the other public engagement and analysis techniques. As the Department develops new facilities at the District level, coordinating with appropriate local partners and initiatives will be a major factor in ensuring that the community's needs are addressed. HIGH PRIORITY FACILITY/AMENITY NEEDS DISTRICT 1 -:3 Q 7) LE c •V T N N O 6 3 0- 0) V T N ••N c NEEDS ASSESSMENT Z a CS TECHNIQUE: ; cn < i v 5 All > 0 E N N t a E o 'vi c > D V Q m .tural Areas/ Nature Parks • - - strooms at Parks • - ,yground/Adventure/ .covery Playgrounds ' -ighborhood Parks (1-10 res) • • - - .lash pad • • - - Outdoor Pool • • - paved multi -purpose trails • - .00r Gymnasium • - - NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0141 HIGH PRIORITY ACTIONS DISTRICT 1 -° a 73 S D V a o3C H 7, N •'L aDr: 'y GI J O NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: v2i cn7 u a 5 i V _ Ov? •O . �C I Q m HIGH PRIORITY ACTIONS: Develop parks for un-organized & free play/ general community recreation access & that are not permitted for sports • • • • Ianized elop additional outdoor sports ilities for organized sports (ex. soccer, ootball, lacrosse, basketball, volleyball, baseball, softball, etc.) ' • • ' velop additional multi -purpose indoor nasiums throughout City that provide ortunities to play indoor basketball, leyball, pickleball • • • IGH PRIORITY FACILITY/AMENITY NEEDS I DISTRICT 2 LE IP -a 0- u N 0 01 NLT CL o V y N NEEDS ASSESSMENT •a Z w t -t a TECHNIQUE: cn cn' v = a' S (1? + 1 0G O a C > c 5 �° Q m ural Are/ Nacre Parks IF II • - •aved multi -purpose trails • ) • - g hborhood Parks (1-10 es) • s ) • ed multi -purpose trails • • I - - - ewalks • • • • - Restrooms at Parks • - • • - ini parks (less th • • • • r tdoor Pool • - • • - 0142 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI HIGH PRIORITY ACTIONS I DISTRICT 2 -° a >° C a N To g 3 C� a D7 . t N J. N V O. . N M N NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: in v v �' S i Z 4, N a O Q•� S N 8 C E. m HIGH PRIORITY ACTION : elop parks for un-organized & free / general community recreation ess & that are not permitted for organized sports • • • 6/ Ilk Development of walking & biking facilities / - • • Develop additional multi -purpose indoor gymnasiums throughout City that provide opportunities to play indoor basketball, volleyball, pickleball ' • • it, lip HIGH PRIORITY FACILITY/AMENITY NEEDS DISTRICT 3 73 r 70 41"'^ N co 2 y 0 6 3 a m u >, c NEEDS ASSESSMENT • Z -tt' 17 TECHNIQUE: u ci v 5 a' V N t O ,}•+ o Ln E > o Li - Q m itural Areas/ Nature Parks • - • - ighborhood Parks (1-10 .cres) ` • Iiii Restrooms at Parks • - , • - Unpaved multi -purpose trails • — • - Paved multi -purpose trails • - • Mini parks (less than 1 acre) • - • Dog Parks ` - 4 Indoor Gymnasium • - - • nity Gardens • - , • • NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0143 IGH PRIORITY ACTIONS I DISTRICT 3 770 a ' C�> y u Ts �3 �' CI- r Z i' ivy iv NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: can cn' v `= a' SID> u '_Z - `?0o C Q` m HIGH PRIORITY ACTIO elop parks for un-organized & free y/ general community recreation ess & that are not permitted for ;anized sports • • • elopment of walking & biking facilities,' • • - - - velop additional multi -purpose indoor mnasiums throughout City that provide portunities to play indoor basketball, 0l leyball, pickleball - - 1 HIGH PRIORITY FACILITY/AMENITY NEE DISTRICT 4 to a u >° sLTD O N 3 a7 to 01 u N .� c NEEDS ASSESSMENT a TECHNIQUE: cn c i v c a' i ' E , N w O •'in > a c �° Q co HIGH PRIORITY NEED •atural Areas/ Nature Parks • - - • - Neighborhood Parks (1-10 acres) • • _ • Restrooms at Parks • • • • - Paved multi -purpose trails • • • - ' 1111'tdoor pools • • • - Unpaved multi purpose trails • • • •• ipini parks Mess than 1 acre) • • • • • 0144 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI HIGH PRIORITY ACTIONS DISTRICT 4 - Q >° s c u N a a3 am y (I)J •� U 6 ' E. 7 M.)4-,NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: cn V) U c 0_ E NV,o . rl � Q m ...•. ' •\ -velop parks for un-organized & free ' / general community recreation ess & that are not permitted for anized sports — • , elopment of walking & biking facilities • • • elop additional multi -purpose indoor nasiums throughout City that provide ,ortunities to play indoor basketball, . leyball, pickleball _ - • a NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0145 HIGH PRIORITY FACILITY/AMENITY NEEDS DISTRICT 5 to a • 01 y u -8 y W D y T3 6 d >. y,d c NEEDS ASSESSMENT Z -t a TECHNIQUE: <ntn'v_= a' >i U E to + O y p•y E a 3>Q`m IGH PRIORITY NEEDS: strooms at Parks • • • • - covery Playgrounds coveryyground/Advounds • • • • • Natural Areas/ Nature Parks • • • • - Indoor Gymnasium • f • - elk Neighborhood Parks (1-10 acres) • ' 9 • I Outdoor pools • I • • Dog parks • ., I • • i Indoor Fitness Equipment • t - - - Paved multi -purpose trails • • - • Splash Pad • • • I - - Unpaved multi -purpose trails • • • I • - Indoor Pool • • ' - • Outdoor Picnic Areas • 1 • - Food Forest/Edibile Landscaping • 4. • - Outdoor Amphitheater • • Transportation to Parks • - - Teen Center • . - 1 Community Gardens • I • Mini parks (less than 1 acre) • I • • 0146 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI HIGH PRIORITY ACTIONS DISTRICT 5 NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: 70 Q o _e a3 a��°a m V 7� 0i�'E'H J L.)•rC C N N U-c a 3 Q aO KIEUKSEEMEfigili velop parks for un-organized & free / general community recreation ess & that are not permitted for anized sports elopment of walking & biking facilities elop additional multi -purpose indoor nasiums throughout City that provide ortunities to play indoor basketball, eyball, pickleball • NMI • • • • • • NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0147 Page intentionally left blank 0148 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI GROW I ACCESS LEVEL OF SERVICE Ensuring that every Miami resident can access a park within a 10-minute walk is primary goal established by the Department. 10-minute park access has become a standard of livability for cities across the country, spearheaded by the Trust for Public Land's campaign. Currently, 77% of residents are served citywide, although the percentage is not equal across the districts. Districts 3 and 5 have the best access (87%), while District 4 is significantly underserved (58%). 'AREA % OF POPULATION WITH ACCESS CITY 77% D1 66% er D3 87 MEI 5r D5 87% —10 Minute Walk (0.5 mi) Access All City Parks Undeveloped City Parks (excluding Greenspot) f 0149 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI LEGEND I1 City Limits ♦ j Commission Districts Roads - City Parks County Parks ▪ State Parks Cemeteries - Water Bodies - River Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team GROW I ACCESS LEVEL OF SERVICE Access to Community Parks is an important focus of park access because Community Parks are the sites of a wide variety of facilities and programs. At the 1-mile standard, 77% of residents across the city have access, and varying access from 58% to 87% depending on District. At the 2-mile standard, there is 100% access at all geographies. REA 1-MILE CITY WITH ACCESS 63 P84% D5 86% LEGEND — Pacomrksmunity _ Water Bodies 2-MILE I, City Limits Commission Districts Roads Community Park Access 1 Mile 2Miles Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team Access to Indoor Recreation Centers is an important focus of park access because Recreation Centers are typically host sites for programming, as well as locations for essential services. At the 1-mile standard, 84% of residents across the city have access, and varying access from 74% to 91 % depending on District. At the 2-mile standard, there is 100% access at all geographies. REA 7. OF POPULATIO WITH ACCESS 1-MILE J�-MILE CITY 84% All 00 % 100% 100% 100% 100 =PF100 % LEGEND _Reareatlon Centers Water Bodies 1-7 City Limits i Commission Districts ----+ Roads Recreation + Community Center Access ?Mlle 2 Miles Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team Page intentionally left blank NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0151 GROW ACREAGE LEVEL OF SERVICE The Acreage Level -of -Service (LOS) analysis also demonstrates the relative challenges facing the city in providing adequate park land. The City of Miami currently has 3.0 acres of park land for every 1,000 residents, which is just below the national median of 3.2 acres per 1,000 residents for cities with a similar population and population density as the City of Miami. However, when comparing the park land available per Commission District, there are stark inequities in the distribution. And when looking ahead 10 years, the level of service will continue to decline if no additional acreage is added, and the population grows according to projections. To maintain a 3.0 acres per 1,000 population Acreage LOS, the City of Miami would have to expand the parks system by 43 acres over the next 10-years. 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 0 0 6.0 a 0 5.0 0 0 4.0 n 3.0 v 2.0 1.0 0.0 2022 8.7 8.9 Cr,/ CM C V C�/1 O lj ,O :d ,O ij ,O V V V 0J V Acreage LOS DPR Parks u ntile 3.2 Median 1.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 0 o 6.0 a 0 5.0 0 4.0 3.0 v 2.0 1.0 ntile 0.0 2032 8.2 8_3 75"' Percentile 32 2.1 0.6 0.6 01. CM CCLfl Median 11 ■ 25th PerLer stile ., 1.0 •O :, O t, i 0 8 V 8 Acreage LOS DPR Parks • Acreage LOS DPR Parks + All Other Public Parks • Acreage LOS DPR Parks + All Other Public Parks 0152 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Also worth noting is that a large portion of the City's acreage is contained in Virginia Key, as well as the spoil islands located in Biscayne Bay, referred to as Island Parks in this plan, and not in the daily usage neighborhood parks. Without Virginia Key and the Island Parks, mainland Miami's acreage LOS drops to just 1.5 acres for every 1,000 residents. 2022 Acreage LOS with out Island Parks and Virginia Key 10.0 9.0 8 7 Acres/1.000 Pop. 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0 1.6 1.6 1.6 0.30.30.3 ti 076 C,- CN C M C7 C L/1 VI O u Ot Ot Ot, O� + + Y Y N Ea Ea Ea Ea En V0 0 V 0 0 vv0 Acreage LOS DPR Parks • Acreage LOS DPR Parks (-) Island Parks Acreage LOS DPR Parks (-) Island Parks &Virginia Key 3.0 2 75th Percentile 32 Median 1.4 25th Percentile 1.0 Miami's Acreage LOS is currently well below peer cities such as the cities of Atlanta, Minneapolis, New Orleans, and San Diego, all of which have at least double the park land per resident as Miami. 20.0 18.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 4.0 2.0 0.0 19.7 8.4 7.9 6.2 3.0 3.1 Miami 2.7 Atlanta LasVegas Minneapolis Acreage LOS DPR Parks New Orleans 1 75th Percentile 3.2 Median 1.4 25th Percentile 1.0 San Diego • Acreage LOS DPR + All Other Public Parks NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0153 GROW INDOOR SQUARE FOOTAGE LEVEL OF SERVICE Similar to the Acreage Level -of -Service (LOS) analysis, the Indoor Square Footage LOS analysis also demonstrates the relative challenges facing the city in providing adequate indoor recreation center space. The City of Miami currently provides 1.4 indoor recreation center square feet per capita, which is just below the industry benchmark range of 1.5 to 2.0 indoor square feet per capita. However, when comparing the indoor recreation center space available per Commission District, there are stark inequities in the distribution. And when looking ahead 10-years, the level of service will continue to decline if no additional indoor square recreation center space is added, and the population grows according to projections. To achieve 1.5 indoor square feet per capita, the City of Miami would have to expand indoor recreation center space by 322,074 square feet over the next 10-years. 2.0 2022 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 .+6 0.8 Q V 0.6 0.5 0.4 v1 0.2 0.0 1.8 0.6 C.- CN CM C7 CLr OO O tY O-, O.17 -,...17 -' NY NYNY NY EEEE8 E8° a ° Vu U V u • Indoor Square Footage DPR Parks Indust Benchnrk 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 Q V 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 2032 17 0.6 0.5 0.5 C.- C N C M C,1- C V1 O-' O t O O-• O-' N N y N y N N E° E° E° E6 E� • Indoor Square Footage DPR Parks Industry Benchmark 2.0 0154 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI GROW FACILITIES LEVEL OF SERVICE Consistent with the previous analyses, the Facilities LOS analysis demonstrates the need for various types of parks and recreation facilities throughout the city. The chart below and in the following page measure facility capacity in a ratio to the community's population (number of residents per each facility --total population divided by number of facilities). The higher the Facilities LOS number, the fewer facilities there are per resident, and the more of a need there may be for that particular recreation facility. The lower the Facilities LOS number, the more facilities there are per resident, and the less of a need there may be for that particular recreation facility. Compared to the NRPA National Median Facilities LOS for cities with a similar population and population density as the City of Miami, if the city does not add anymore parks and recreation facilities over the next 10-years, it appears that there will be both a need and surplus for various types of indoor, outdoor recreation, aquatics, and sports courts facilities. The need for various outdoor facilities, aquatics facilities, and racquet sports facilities are consistent with the findings from the Acreage LOS need for additional park land. Facilities City of Miami Facilities Level -of -Service (# of residents per every 1 facility) 2022 2032 NRPA Park Metric! Aggregated Benchmarks (Pop. 100,000+; Dens. 7,500 - 15,000/sq mi.) Median II Surplus/ Need Based on NRPA Median Benchmark 2032 Recreation Centers (including gyms) 11,393 12,034 14,084 8 Nature centers 455,737 481,370 1,299,599 1 Playgrounds 5,362 5,663 8,962 34 Community gardens 0 0 16,832 -27 Basketball courts 5,592 5,906 6,898 15 Diamond fields: baseball - youth 26,808 28,316 15,230 -13 Diamond fields: baseball - adult 65,105 68,767 47,242 -3 d Diamond fields: softball fields - youth 0 0 18,878 -24 Diamond fields: softball fields - adult 0 0 11,697 -39 .a i Skate park 0 0 134,441 -3 Dog park 75,956 80,228 117,607 2 g Rectangular fields: multi -purpose 23,986 25,335 17,094 -8 13, Rectangular fields: cricket field 0 0 540,992 -1 0 Rectangular fields: field hockey field 0 0 8,735 -52 Rectangular fields: football field 0 0 23,454 -19 Rectangular fields: lacrosse field 0 0 8,735 -52 Rectangular fields: soccer field - adult 455,737 481,370 23,454 -18 Rectangular fields: soccer field - youth 113,934 120,343 23,454 -15 Multipurpose synthetic field 75,956 80,228 85,890 1 NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0155 Facilities 1 Aquatics centers City of Miami Level -of (# of residents facility) 202'M/0321 227,869 Facilities -Service per every1 NRPA Park Metric Aggregated Benchmarks (Pop. 100,000+; Dens. 7,500 -15,000/sq mi.) =ian , Surplus/ Need Based on NRPA Median Benchmark 2032 240,685 70,458 y Swimming pools (outdoor only) 23,986 25,335 55,203 11 Indoor competitive swimming pools: 50 meters 0 0 690,093 -1 I/ N Indoor competitive swimming pools: 25 meters 0 0 848,763 -1 .1= Other indoor competitive swimming pools 0 0 433,200 -1 aTotal indoor competitive swimming pools 0 0 203,531 -2 r a Indoor pool designated exclusively for leisure (i.e. non-competitive) 0 0 98,585 -5 Thera.eutic .00l 0 0 690,093 -1 Tennis courts (outdoor only) 8,936 9,439 7,685 -8 i Tennis courts (indoor) 0 0 115,016 -4 Q H Pickleball (outdoor) 0 0 14,476 -31 Multiuse courts- Tennis, Pickleball (outdoor) 0 0 247,229 -2 d a a Multiuse courts- Tennis, Pickleball (indoor) 0 0 974,699 0 Racquetball/handball/squash courts (outdoor) 0 0 21,322 -21 ce Racquetball/handball/squash courts (indoor) 0 0 58,635 -8 The Florida's State Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan (SCORP) was also reviewed to understand the need for Boat ramps and paddling activities such as canoeing, kayaking, and stand-up paddleboarding. The chart below illustrates the potential need of Boat Ramps in the City of Miami by the year 2032 based on the Facilities LOS for the Southeast Region of the State. SCORP City of Miami Facilities LOS (Lanes per 1,000 pop.) 2022 SCORP SE Region Facilities LOS Benchmark (Lanes per 1,000 pop.) Boat Ramps 0.15 0.14 0.62 Surplus/ Need Based on SCORP Benchmark 2032 -4 Additionally, SCORP notes that the Southeast Region of Florida has the highest number of resident paddlers of anywhere in the state and suggest that the need for water trails and therefore access points will continue to increase to support the projected 32.7 million paddlers in the state by 2025. It is important to note that the number of facilities that appear to be needed or are in surplus are based solely on the Facilities LOS Analysis which is just one tool for determining the community's needs. These findings alone may not be indicative of residents' needs and priorities. Facilities LOS figures are based on the gross population of a community,not preferences or priorities based on unique community demographics, lifestyles, or values. These findings must be compared to the findings from the other needs assessment techniques in order to verify parks and recreation needs and priorities. The need and surplus quantity will be revisited in Chapter 3: Vision based on the proposed vision for the City and related recommended Facilities LOS. 0156 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI GROW FUNDING LEVEL OF SERVICE The Funding Level -of -Service (LOS) analyses demonstrates that while operations, maintenance, and capital funding for parks and recreation in the City of Miami appears to be consistent with national median benchmarks, there is room for growth. As illustrated in the graph below, between the years 2016-2021, the City of Miami's parks and recreation operation and maintenance 5-year median per capita funding was $104. This is higher than both the national median and 75th percentile of cities with a similar population and population density as the City of Miami. However, it is less than the City of Minneapolis' $301 dollars per capita and the City of San Diego's $152 dollars per capita. To achieve a $152 dollars of operations and maintenance funding per capita, the City of Miami Parks and Recreation 5-year median per capita operations and maintenance funding would have had to increase from $46 Million to $67.2 Million. To achieve a $301 dollars of operations and maintenance funding per capita, the City of Miami Parks and Recreation 5-year median per capita operations and maintenance funding would have had to increase from $46 Million to $133 Million. 2016 - 2021 5-Year Median Operations and Maintenance Funding Citywide $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 0 Miami Atlanta Las Vegas Minneapolis New Orleans San Diego 75th Percentile $85 Median $79 255t Percentile $38 NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0157 The graph below illustrates the 5-year median per capita capital funding between the years 2016-2021 for the City of Miami in comparison to national benchmarks. At $54 per capita, the City of Miami's capital funding is less than the 25th percentile national benchmark of $72 for cities with a similar population and population density as the City of Miami. It is also less than the City of Atlanta's $79 per capita funding, Minneapolis' $75, and New Orleans' $111. To achieve a $72 dollars of capital funding per capita, the City of Miami Parks and Recreation 5-year median per capita capital funding would have had to increase from $23.8 Million to $31.8 Million. To achieve a $111 dollars of capital funding per capita, the City of Miami Parks and Recreation 5-year median per capita capital funding would have had to increase from $23.8 Million to $49 Million. $120 $100 $80 $60 $40 $20 0 2016 - 2021 5-Year Median Capital Funding Per Capita Citywide AMMO 1 $79 $3 $75 $12 Miami Atlanta Las Vegas Minneapolis New Orleans San Diego 25th Percentile $72.37 Median $27.94 75th Percentile $15.62 0158 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The graph below illustrates the 5-year median per capita capital funding between the years 2016-2021 for each Commission District in comparison to citywide funding. Over the last 5-years, Commission District 2 has received the most capital funding at $52 per capita followed by Commission District 5 at $36 per capita. This amount of funding is above the national median benchmark of $27 per capita for cities with a similar population and population density as the City of Miami. Commission Districts 3 and 4 received the least capital funding at $13 and $14 per capita respectively. This amount is just below the $15 national 75th percentile benchmark for cities with a similar population and population density as the City of Miami. Growing capital funding for the system to be more in line with the 25th percentile will help grow funding for each Commission District. $120 $100 $80 $60 $40 $20 0 2016 - 2021 5-Year Median Capital Funding Per Capita Per Commission District Commission Commission Commission Commission Commission District 1 District 2 District 3 District 4 District 5 Miami 25th Percentile $72.37 Median $27.94 75th Percentile $15.62 NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0159 INNOVATE The City of Miami's vision statement is for Miami to be "a modern and diverse city that is a global leader in technology, innovation, and resiliency". Leadership in the Parks and Recreation Department is committed to this mandate and to finding better, faster, and more efficient and impactful ways to deliver services. The introduction of a mobile app for parks and recreation was a well -received strategy for "Empowering Residents" across nearly all of the public engagement techniques. This innovative strategy of providing residents with the power to communicate with the parks Department in real time through their phone has been implemented successfully in numerous jurisdictions in recent years. The HAPPiFeet Miami app was launched as part of this master plan process and has been successful in providing an opportunity for residents to provide mobile -based feedback on the parks and recreation system. EMPOWERING RESIDENTS I SUMMARY FINDINGS 73 lis -0 D o 0-_ a CD— •y w c c £ u a• NEEDS ASSESSMENT o o i y 0 ° E w e >.s > o c TECHNIQUE: i - h vi in V 'o — PRIORITY ACT o' o.i e app - a mobile phon app that residents can downloa to their phones & regularl communicate with City Parks & Recreation Department to provide park improvement feedback & receive progress reports _ 0160 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The high priority programs for investment represent one area where the Department could innovate, given that many of these programs —particularly community special events, movies in parks, nature programs, and language classes —have significant potential for partnerships with community and business groups who have specialty experience with this type of programming. STATISTICALLY VALID SURVEY Top Priorities for Investment for Recreation Programs based on Priority Investment Rating Adult fitness/wellness Community special events Movies in Parks Nature Programs Cooking & nutrition classes Adult/youth learn to swim Youth arts/painting/crafts/drawing classes Language classes Digital media, photography programs Temporary art exhibits / 88 Teen programs / 87 Parent & child programs / 83 Programs with Children's/Senior Mea i 76 Adult performing arts/dance / 73 Water fitness Camps (summer/school/break) Before & after school programs Educational leeture serie Senior classes (i.e., computer, social interests) Adult educatlbn (i.e., GED, degree trade) Community etings Athletic special events Sommunity outings Child day care Programs for people with disabilities ' 45 Youth fitness/wellness 45 Youth athletic leagues 42 Adult athletic leagues 41 Youth performing arts/dance 37 Preschool programs 34 Galas, formal events 32 Youth education (i.e., computer, programming) 29 Video gaming/virtual gaming 27 STEAM programming 20 71 69 61 59 55 54 53 52 51 50 164 162 161 145 High Priority 137 (100+) Medium Priority (50-99) Low Priority (0-49) NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0161 Industry best practices suggest that there are opportunities to explore how the parks and recreation system can use innovative methods to help address some of the challenging issues that residents are most concerned about, such as community safety/crime/violence, which was identified by 56% of SVS respondents as a top area of concern. Additionally, cost of healthy foods, blight, affordable housing, access to healthy foods, and homelessness were other areas of concern that the parks and recreation system may be able to help address through innovative policies and actions. AREAS OF COMMUNITY CONCERN SUMMARY FINDINGS NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: a _V 1 L .0 E H d d .� C .E E 0) 'p £ O �s •C L r 0 N w O > C d u3 N O c U C u N N U `o d NZ co U Os 3Q co HIGH PRIORITY CONCER • • • • Other citywide social, economic, and environmental areas of concern noted throughout the process that the parks and recreation system may be able to help address through innovative policies and actions include: • Access to high -quality jobs • Access to healthcare, doctors, and medicines • Access to healthy foods, such as fresh fruits, vegetables, and nutritious foods (i.e. healthy foods are too far away) • Blight • Affordable Housing • Resiliency • Access to transportation (i.e. sidewalks,bikeways, trails, public transit) Innovation at the Local Level The following charts document the High Priority Program/Activity Needs per Commission District. As the Department seeks to advance new programs at the District level, coordinating with appropriate local partners and initiatives will be a major factor in successful and innovative implementation. 0162 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI HIGH PRIORITY PROGRAM/ACTIVITY NEEDS DISTRICT 1 • IIII : 73 N LTDu 43 7 In N 73 3 d CS) u>, �•(% c NEEDS ASSESSMENT a Z i. t TECHNIQUE: hcn'v_= a' >i V_ V) h O '� a _JQm 'IGH PRIORITY NEEDS: .ult Fitness/We. • • • • - ult/Youth Learn to Swi • e 10 - - ► Nature Programs • • - - Cooking & Nutrition Classes • / - - - Movies in the Park • - I r • - Community Special Events • • I • • - Camps (Summer/School/Break) • ' • • - Teen Programs • Iv I • - - Youth Arts/Painting/Crafts/ Drawing Classes • • • Programs with Children/Seni. a is • • • - HIGH PRIORITY PROGRAM/ACTIVITY NEEDS DISTRICT 2 11.1 NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: -o 71 'Z N o Z v) v') a N .c V N _J 'EE ,V O •- .t7L aa) v _= > i V_ f' > °c c 3Q m dult Fitness/Wellness • - • • - Community Special Events • • • • - Nature Programs • • • • - Movies in the Park • • • - Cooking & Nutrition Clas • - - • - Temporary Art Exhibits • - - - - NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0163 HIGH PRIORITY PROGRAM/ACTIVITY NEEDS I DISTRICT 3 NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: rn C d V • Y NEEDS: Adult Fitness Community Special Events Nature Programs Movies in the Park Youth Arts/Painting/Crafts/ Drawing Classes Adult/Youth Learn to Swim Language Classes Digital Media, Photograph Pro. rams • • I • • • c a • • • • • • • • • HIGH PRIORITY PROGRAM/ACTIVITY NEEDS I DINICT 4 NEEDS ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUE: -o Ts i o U T 12 v) cn' a p) w r V '� N j y d ) y .� c t U S a u fn + 0 "5 ,y o • y c o 0 L, 3 Q m ture Programs la 0 • • It Fitness/Wellness • 1 • - mmunity Special Events 4. - • - lt/Youth Learn to Swim - • • - vies in the Park • • - .king & Nutrition Classes 0 • - n Programs - - th Arts/Painting/Crafts/ ing Classes ter Fitness - - - tal Media, Photography .rams - - - - 0164 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI HIGH PRIORITY PROGRAM/ACTIVITY NEEDS I DISTRICT 5 to a % 73 S .V _ ad •N N J .— U 6' NEEDS ASSESSMENT o i' .tt a TECHNIQUE: v> v) v - �� - > � _ y y C O •�S > a c - a' ' PRIORITY NEE' ■ in the Pa • I • • - cultovies d Fitness Wellness I9 • - Adult/Youth Learn to Swim • 4 I • • - Cooking & Nutrition Classes • • I • • - Youth Arts/Painting/Crafts/ Drawing Classes • P I 9 • - Community Special Events • 1. I - • Teen Programs • 0 - - - Digital Media, Photograp Programs • 4. • Nature Programs • • - • - The following chapter will explore how these findings can be addressed over the next 10-years. NEEDS & PRIORITIES ASSESSMENT 0165 IIP VISION The Vision is where REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI starts to come to life, by providing recommendations for how the system should be transformed over the next 10 years. The framework for this Vision includes the bottom five elements seen on the following page, from the Mission + Vision to the Policies/Actions, with the Steps forming the priorities of the final phase, the Implementation Plan. 0166 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 1 3.1.VISION FRAMEWORK STEPS The steps to accomplish the Implementation Plan Polices and Actions POLICIES/ACTIONS The approach to accomplish the Guiding Principles GUIDING PRINCIPLES Aspirations describing how we Master Plan Vision desire the parks system to be VISION VALUES What we hope to achieve by 2032 mu pr MISSION + VISION II 111111 How we perform our work Why we exist and what we aspire to do Department In December 2022, various City of Miami Department heads and Parks and Recreation Department (PRD) staff participated in a two-day Visioning Workshop to explore these elements, building on the findings of the Existing Conditions and Needs + Priorities Assessment as their foundation. The Visioning Workshop also included discussion of the following topics: • Collaborative interdepartmental strategies • Programming, activities, facilities, and amenities • Park site improvements • Staffing, operations, and marketing VISION 0167 3.2.PARK SYSTEM VISION 17 •Illfrfe wen' ...RV 12mM-erre ne Wiest rreltretsit wortrirsrefMilbleert ✓ eer semi. rf•ItiOrFillgefi we• re mrse. ,enrrienr Els , artr n to a w ReteirnoPt .R..err,mr,_. mtM InrarnweBBITI :tom MISSION The Mission Statement articulates why the Department exists: To enrich and inspire the community by delivering a world -class park system that is safe, accessible, and facilitates a healthy and happy quality of life. VISION The Vision Statement describes what the Department hopes to achieve by 2032. The 2007 master plan, identified a vision that has been expanded to incorporate the themes that have emerged through the Existing Conditions and Needs + Priorities Assessment phases: To provide parks, public spaces and recreational, educational, and cultural programs that are responsive, resilient, and inspiring. 0168 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI VALUES The Values identify how the Department performs its work. The 2007master plan identified a variety of values that continue to serve the Department: Parks are open and inviting. The well -maintained and appropriately lit surroundings convey a sense of security, ownership and pride. Park rangers serve as park ambassadors and, through a primarily educational focus, promote and maintain order. Appropriate actions will be taken first to make parks safe and then to promote safe parks in Miami. The physical infrastructure —including outdoor activity spaces, buildings and indoor activity spaces, landscaping and natural areas —functions as intended, is in good condition and is well -kept. The recreation program is consistent, of high quality, and is led by qualified individuals. The Department should take advantage of instructional expertise to bring excellence to the program. Parks and outdoor and indoor activity areas are not shut off from the community by fences. Hours of operation meet the needs of the residents, accommodating after -school, evening and weekend, and holiday use, when many residents have leisure time. Parks and recreation facilities accommodate a balance of passive and active pursuits though a variety of activities serving all groups. Parks and recreation facilities are connected to each other through trails systems and greenways or through other transportation mechanisms designed to connect the system, such as recreation vans for transporting participants to destination amenities (e.g., pools and gymnasiums). The park system is connected to other public recreation opportunities, such as those available through the school system and other providers, maximizing the use of these public resources. VISION 0169 3.3.GUIDING PRINCIPLES The findings of the first two phases of the project produced a broad range of ideas, needs, challenges, and opportunities. When considering all these elements, they were found to align under four overarching themes. Expanding on each of these themes creates a Guiding Principle, which provides focus for all of the Policies and Actions that follow. a) RENEW RENEW EXISTING FACILITIES, PROGRAMS, AND SERVICES. The Department will make equitable improvements to existing facilities, programs, and services to provide users with high -quality experiences. CONNECT CONNECT THE PARKS SYSTEM, SEAMLESSLY INTO THE COMMUNITY. The Department will strive for all parks, programs, and services to be accessible and inclusive for all members of the community. GROW GROW THE PARKS SYSTEM TO CATCH-UP WITH THE CITY'S GROWTH. The Department will increase park land, facilities, programs, services, and resources to ensure it is equitably and sustainably meeting the needs of the growing city. INNOVATE INNOVATE TO MAXIMIZE EQUITABLE MPACT IN THE COMMUNITY. The Department will apply an innovation lens to ideas and strategies, identifying new methods and products to Renew, Connect, and Grow the parks system in a way that increases community impact while enhancing efficiencies. POLICIES AND ACTIONS The following policies and actions within each principle form the central recommendations of this Vision, and lay the blueprint for the Department's strategy over the next 10 years. 0170 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI ore RENEW PHYSICAL SYSTEM RENEW EXISTING FACILITIES, PROGRAMS, AND SERVICES. The Department will make equitable improvements to existing facilities, programs, and services to provide users with high -quality experiences. 1. Upgrade parks, recreation facilities, and amenities. Improve the appearance and functionality of parks in collaboration with the community to provide high -quality park experiences. Some of the city's parks have recently been redesigned, while others are awaiting implementation, or are in the development phase. Many, however, have not benefited from a comprehensive, public engagement - based planning and design process. Additionally, many of the existing facilities and amenities are outdated or in need or renovation. PRD will continue to address deferred maintenance and proactively complete capital improvements based on the identified needs and informed by the city's park classifications and Prototypical Park diagrams illustrated in the following pages. These Prototypical Parks could be used as a starting point for discussions with residents for future park improvements. Park improvements will continue to include a collaborative public engagement -based design process to ensure high -quality design that is responsive and transparent. Margaret Pace Park Improvements Concept Plan la � e 4 4.l.a-sati P. 0 ,t U.aa C �r�..:da'k O a d e..ly a e. A ®� 4 yi �® yam' ea• Yam r�K —afa• :Y•hA »Arlie•� Ai y Rwjg itt0 :� r.�l�� �s�3ghx 'or .40 r� 0 •b s _ r0a®r+:• "fit 4'00-.e lea - .. e114 (®g.� 4�:.. ate' Y ^ VISION 0171 MINI PARK v v Size: Generally 5,000 sf to 0.5 acre Location and Context: Residential and Mixed -Use Areas Illustrated Amenities/Elements 1. Covered multi -generational playground 2. Exercise equipment 3. Multi -purpose court with half -basketball court, pickleball court, and half tennis court with backboard hitting wall 4. Multi -purpose open space 5. On -street parking 6. Park Zone traffic markings to calm traffic around the park 7. Small picnic pavilion/shelter 8. Walking loop 9. Front Facing Land Uses Other Typical Amenities/Elements • Water fountains/ features, ponds • Bicycle racks • Dockless micro -mobility stations • Electrical outlets • Green Infrastructure • Litter/recycling receptacles • Movable tables and chairs • Outdoor table games (e.g. ping pong, fooseball, etc.) • Public art • Wi-fi Access Level of Service: Walking distance, approximately 1/4 mile in the Downtown Core and 1/2 mile in the rest of the City. Function: Mini Parks are the smallest park classification typically used to address limited parks and recreation needs, including limited passive and active, at -will and programmed social, cultural, and recreational uses. Any programmed events should be limited to neighborhood -serving events focused on the surrounding blocks. A Mini Park within the range of 0.25 to 0.5 acres with a balanced variety of amenities is recommended as the minimum size park to provide a high -quality park experience within a 10-minute walk. In urban areas where land is at a premium, a system of Mini Parks that are less than 0.25 acres and are located within 1/8 to 1/4 mile of each other with varying facilities can help address the varied parks and recreation needs of the neighborhood. Mini Parks can also provide opportunities to address environmental challenges, albeit in a very limited way, such as local stormwater management issues, urban heat island effect, biological diversity, and ecological habitat restoration. In park spaces over 0.25 acres, ideally half of the park space should be used for passive park uses (e.g. not sports or athletic focused), with at least 50% of the passive space having tree canopy cover. 0172 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI NEIGHBORHOOD PARK Size: Generally 0.5 to 4 acres Location and Context: Residential and Mixed -Use Areas Access Level of Service: Walking distance, approximately 1/2 mile Function: Neighborhood Parks are the primary green spaces of the parks system and serve the basic needs of nearby, neighborhood residents for passive and active, at -will and programmed social, cultural, and recreational uses. Programmed events should be limited to neighborhood serving events focused on the surrounding neighborhood. Neighborhood Parks can also provide opportunities to address environmental challenges such as local stormwater management issues, urban heat island effect, biological diversity, and ecological habitat restoration. Ideally, half of the park space should be used for passive park uses with at least 50% of the passive space having canopy cover. Illustrated Amenities/ Elements 1. Basketball court 2. Covered multi - generational playground 3. Exercise equipment 4. Multi -purpose open space 5. Multi -purpose trail 6. On -street parking 7. Outdoor table games (e.g. ping pong, fooseball, etc.) 8. Park Zone traffic markings to calm traffic around the park 9. Picnic area 10. Restroom/ shelter Other Typical Amenities/ Elements • Water fountains/ features, ponds • Bicycle racks • Dockless micro -mobility stations • Electrical outlets • Green Infrastructure • Litter/ recycling receptacles • Movable tables and chairs • Multi -purpose court with basketball court, pickleball court, and tennis court • On -leash dog area • Pickleball court • Public art • Sand volleyball court • Splash pad • Tennis court • Wi-fi VISION 0173 COMMUNITY PARK • Size: Generally 4 to 40+ acres Location and Context: Residential and Mixed -Use Areas Access Level of Service: Generally 1 to 2 miles Function: Community Parks are where residents go to socialize and recreate with the larger community, whether it's to play ball, have a picnic, take a class, swim in the pool or enjoy a concert or art show. Ideally, they should be located on a major street and on neighborhood boundaries to maximize access and to minimize disruption from lights, noise and traffic. Community Parks should also play a larger role in addressing environmental challenges such as local stormwater management issues, urban heat island effect, biological diversity, and ecological and habitat restoration. Ideally, half of the park space should be used for passive park uses. Illustrated Amenities/Elements 1. Basketball court(s) 2. Community garden 3. Covered multi -generational playground 4. Dog park 5. Exercise equipment 6. Multi -purpose open space 7. Multi -purpose trail 8. On -street parking 9. Outdoor table games (e.g. ping pong, fooseball, etc.) 10. Park Zone traffic markings 11. Picnic area 12. Restroom/ shelter 13. Splash pad 14. Tennis court Other Typical Amenities/ Elements • Baseball field • Bike playground • Bicycle racks • Dockless micro -mobility stations • Electrical outlets • Green Infrastructure • Litter/ recycling receptacles • Football field • Movable tables and chairs • Mountain bike trail • On -leash dog area • Pickleball court • Public art • Running track • Sand volleyball court • Skate park • Soccer field • Softball field • Swimming pool • Tee ball field • Water fountains/ features, ponds • Wi-fi 0174 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI LINEAR PARK Size: Generally 25'- 50'+ wide Location and Context: Parks, Residential and Mixed -Use Areas, Natural Corridors, Vehicular Corridors, Utility Corridors Access Level of Service: City-wide Function: Linear Parks help tie the parks and recreation system together. They facilitate safe, more seamless pedestrian and bicycle movement between parks and recreation facilities, and other city facilities, like schools and libraries. Where space is available, they also provide opportunities for parks and recreation facilities and amenities. Linear Parks can also provide opportunities to address environmental challenges such as local stormwater management issues, urban heat island effect, biological diversity, and ecological and habitat restoration. Illustrated Amenities/ Elements 1. Covered multi -generational playground 2. Exercise equipment 3. Green Infrastructure 4. Multi -purpose trail 5. Neighborhood Access 6. On -street parking 7. Park Zone traffic markings to calm traffic around the park 8. Pavilion/ shelter 9. Vegetative screening for residential backyard privacy Other Typical Amenities/ Elements • Water fountains/ features, ponds • Basketball court • Bicycle racks • Dockless micro -mobility stations • Electrical outlets • Litter/ recycling receptacles • Movable tables and chairs • Multi -purpose court with basketball court, pickleball court, and tennis court • Multi -purpose open space • On -leash dog area • Outdoor table games (e.g. ping pong, fooseball, etc.) • Pickleball court • Picnic area • Public art • Restroom • Sand volleyball court • Splash pad • Tennis court • Wi-fi VISION 0175 SPECIAL USE FACILITY Size: Varies Location and Context: Residential and Mixed -Use Areas Access Level of Service: City-wide Function: Special Use Facilities cover a broad range of parks and recreation facilities and are typically comprised of stand-alone recreation facilities not located within larger parks. Special use areas support single -purpose facilities, such as sports courts or fields dedicated to one sport, aquatics facilities, boat ramps, natural areas, or a building dedicated to special needs populations. Ideally, they should be located on a major street and in between neighborhoods to maximize access and to minimize disruption from lights, noise and traffic. Where possible, Special Use Facilities should also play a larger role in addressing environmental challenges such as local stormwater management issues, biological diversity, and ecological and habitat restoration. UNDEVELOPED PARK Size: Varies Location and Context: Varies Access Level of Service: Varies based on developed use Function: Undeveloped Parks are properties owned by the City of Miami that have been designated as Parks but that have not received park improvements. The planning and design of these parks should be coordinated with the surrounding community. Based on the size of the property and desired uses for the property, Undeveloped Parks should be re-classified, designed, and developed considering the appropriate City of Miami park classification. GREEN SPOT Size: Generally, under 0.25 acres Location and Context: Within the Public Right -of -Way Access Level of Service: N/A Function: Green Spots are public spaces located within the Right -of -Way (ROW) that currently do not have any parks and recreation amenities. Over time, this spaces should be explored for expansion into Mini or Neighborhood Parks depending on opportunities that may arise to expand the Green Spot. 0176 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 2. Expedite implementation of capital improvements Collaboratively explore strategies with the Office of Capital Improvements (OCI) to reduce the amount of time it takes to procure and execute capital improvements projects. One of the biggest challenges for delivering park projects in the City of Miami is the time it takes to design, permit, and construct projects. PRD will continue to work collaboratively with OCI to identify strategies to speed up the implementation of projects, such as developing standards and design guidelines for parks and buildings and ensuring proper estimation of projects. Robert King High Park Improvements Concept Plan 3. Conduct ongoing maintenance to provide quality experiences Continue to invest in resources and establish standards to help improve the routine maintenance of parks, recreation facilities, and amenities to provide high -quality park experiences. Twenty-eight percent of City of Miami Statistically Valid Survey respondents rated the quality of parks as "Excellent" or "Good". That is about four times lower than the national average of 80 percent. Additionally, 33 percent of City of Miami Statistically Valid Survey respondents identified "Facilities are not well maintained "as a barrier to park, trails, facilities, and program use. That is more than three times the national average of 9 percent. PRD will work on improving maintenance by developing a maintenance plan, identifying needed resources, and working with the City Manager's office to implement the maintenance plan In addition, staff should explore ways to complement maintenance tasks via automation. A number of parks and recreation agencies currently utilize automated lawn mowers for their parks and open spaces, line stripers for their fields, and robotic equipment for trash pickup. These technologies could help alleviate time and resources that PRD currently spends on these routine tasks and complement the limited staffing resources they have.. VISION 0177 4. Proactively plan for the improvement of park assets Establish processes and procedures to ensure long-term asset management and proactive repair and replacement of assets. A reactionary approach of repairing or replacing facilities and amenities after they fail can be a costly strategy. Reactionary spending can sometimes cost upwards to 150 percent or more than proactive replacement costs while emergency replacements can cost up to 175 percent more. A strategic proactive approach must be taken to help mitigate these high costs and risks. To address this, PRD will develop a strategic asset management plan focusing on reducing the deferred maintenance backlog, along with planning for future capital renewal items. 5. Integrate public art into park improvements Collaborate with Art in Public Places (AIPP) to identify opportunities to integrate permanent and temporary works of art and restore or decommission existing works of art while improving and rehabilitating existing parks. PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 1. Renew and update offerings through Permit Office Special Events Meet the community's unmet need for Community Special Events. Community Special Events were the #2 Highest Priority for Investment in the City of Miami's Statistically Valid Survey findings. In a community as diverse and fast growing as Miami, special events are a key facet of bringing people together and creating a sense of community. The staff should continue to identify new and interesting opportunities and partners for special events and cultural events that are tailored to the diverse community. 2. Continue to track performance metrics for current offerings Create key performance indicators to ensure quality assurance and accountability. To measure performance and ensure staff knows what success looks like, it is important to develop select performance indicators that can document standards and success or failures. Ultimately, what gets measures will get done and it will be helpful for staff to identify and communicate on an ongoing basis the key performance metrics on existing program offerings, including, but not limited to, participation numbers and cancellation rates, facility utilization, partnerships and volunteers and sponsor support. 0178 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI ADMINISTRATION AND STAFFING 1. Renew the culture of continuous learning and customer service excellence Create an organizational culture and customer service training to help establish the Miami Way. Develop on -going culture change and customer service training content and delivery that is in -person and online for all staff that begins with onboarding and continues on to help staff deliver exceptional customer experiences at all times across the system. 2. Develop initiatives to boost employee morale and retention Grow employee recognition initiatives to help them feel valued. From onboarding onwards, identify how staff would like to feel recognized and rewarded. Based on that feedback, develop employee reward and recognition programs that meet staff where they are for these initiatives. Make them systemwide to help boost morale and retention overall. VISION CONNECT CONNECT THE PARKS SYSTEM, SEAMLESSLY INTO THE COMMUNITY. The Department will strive for all parks, programs, and services to be accessible and inclusive for all members of the community. PHYSICAL CONNECTIONS 1. Develop high -quality pedestrian and bicycle connections to parks, natural areas, waterways, and enhance waterway connections Implement an interconnected system of high -quality, safe, active -transportation facilities and complete streets to parks, natural areas, and along water ways. Miami residents have identified paved multi -purpose trails as one of the highest -priority facilities needs, repeatedly over the last decade. The City of Miami has responded to this need in a variety of ways. Recently, the City completed the 2021 Bike Master Plan. This plan identifies a multitude of projects to improve pedestrian and bicycle connectivity to parks and natural areas. Additionally, the City and partner organizations are in the process of planning, designing, permitting, and building a variety of world class active -transportation projects such as The Underline, The Commodore Trail, The Miami Riverwalk and River Greenway, The Baywalk, and The Ludlam Trail. PRD will continue to advocate and support the implementation of these projects that maximize pedestrian and bicycle access to parks, recreation facilities, and water bodies. 0180 1 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 2. Provide access to micro -mobility devices at or near parks and natural areas Facilitate access to micro -mobility devices such as near parks and natural areas. In recent years, micro -mobility has rapidly flourished in cities throughout the nation. In a relatively short -time, it has proven to be a popular transportation option for many users. In fact, many people that in the past were hesitant to ride bikes, are now more inclined to use bikes, especially to and from parks, recreation facilities, and natural areas. PRD will continue to collaborate with Miami Park Authority and the Department of Resilience and Public Works as it relates to micro -mobility in parks, recreation facilities, and natural areas by providing dockless parking zones and advocating for the placement and replenishment of micro - mobility devices in key areas of parks, recreation facilities, and natural areas. 3. Provide multi -modal transit access to parks, programs, and services Facilitate access to a variety of transit options such as buses, trolleys, para-transit, and water taxis to parks, natural areas, special events, and popular programs and services. Eight percent of City of Miami Statistically Valid Survey respondents identified lack of transportation as a barrier to park, trails, facilities, and program use. That is more than double the national average of 3 percent. PDR will continue to advocate for transit stops in and near parks, coordinate design to maximize transit access of parks, and provide transit or trolley service to key parks during special events, programs, and services. 4. Maximize public parking opportunities around and near parks Explore opportunities to maximize and expand parking areas around and within a 5-minute walk to parks and natural areas. Twenty-two percent of City of Miami Statistically Valid Survey respondents identified lack of parking as a barrier to park, trails, facilities, and program use. That is more than three times the national average of 7 percent. PRD will continue to collaborate with Miami Park Authority and the Department of Resilience and Public Works to maximize parking areas around and within a 1/4 mile distance of parks including on -street parking and shared off- street parking. 5. Enhance awareness of parks and recreation facilities. Implement a multi -pronged approach to increasing awareness of parks and recreation facilities using signage, wayfinding, and digital strategies. VISION 0181 PROGRAMMATIC AND SERVICE CONNECTIONS 1. Enhance awareness of programs and services Implement a multi -pronged approach to increasing awareness of programs and services using traditional printed media, radio, and digital strategies. Lack of awareness is the number one barrier to participation based on the City of Miami's statistically valid survey results with nearly 30 percent of respondents stating "I don't know what is being offered" as their top reason for reduced use. It is clear that no single medium can address all the awareness challenges but a marketing outreach and branding plan with strategic focus on increased awareness through various mediums would be greatly needed. 2. Enhance awareness of permanent, temporary, and performance art throughout the park system Explore the opportunity to collaborate with AIPP to develop programming around permanent, temporary, and performance art opportunities. Arts and culture is a significant part of the fabric of Miami's community and it would be helpful for the Department to explore ways to highlight the stories, history, customs and culture of the community that calls Miami home through a variety of interpretive, creative and fun permanent or temporary art exhibits, performances and offerings. 3. Strengthen and expand partnerships to enhance and expand service delivery Identify potential partners to help maximize services to the community. These include other municipal agencies from Miami Dade County, City of Doral, and City of Hialeah. Explore partnerships with individual service providers in the community by inviting them to provide those services in the City of Miami's parks and facilities. The program assessment and gap analysis indicate the presence of a variety of service providers including public and nonprofit ones that complement what the Department offers. The Department should continue to identify areas where they can partner with other agencies or be a provider of space for service providers to offer programs, classes and events in Miami's parks and public spaces. 0182 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI ADMINISTRATION AND STAFFING CONNECTIONS 1. Connect staff to resources and information Help staff with continuous learning and staying on top of industry trends Provide ways and time for staff to learn trends and next practices from the parks and recreation industry and beyond. These could include lunch and learns, guest speakers, webinars and online learning tools, and even TED Talks, in addition to the National Recreation and Park Association, Sports and Facility Industry Association trend data, and City Parks Alliance resources. 2. Foster opportunities for internal cross -functional collaboration Develop mechanisms to break down intra-Department silos and help staff be more collaborative and empathetic Create project opportunities for all staff to organically collaborate on creative offerings, special projects or events. Additionally, develop programs for mentoring and cross -training internally to allow for greater relationship building department -wide. CITYA'? PARKS SEARCH Q LOGIN CONTACT DONATE y f 0 in ABOUT US EVENTS RESOURCES FUNDING STORIES JOIN RESOURCES RESOURCES FOR PARK AND RECREATION PROFESSIONALS With help from our members and research partners, we make the following resources and tools available to equip parks and recreation departments, municipalities, urban design and landscape architecture firms, and advocacy organizations to enhance capacity and build equitable, healthy, and engaged communities. SEARCH Search Query_ CZ Thep Outdoor Recreation Legacy Partnership Report city Park. AIIi.... This report lughlights the physical, menial, and environmental benehss that sty parka provide and denwnstrates how funds from the LWCrs Outdoor Recreation L... REPORT Cross -sectional associations of different types of nature exposure with psychotropic, antihypertensive and asthma medication FI,..i.h I.:tith t. For -t,.I ill ...I Welf.r. To this cross -sectional study, a hiker frequency of green space exposure is thought to be beneficial for human health. VISION 0183 GROW GROW THE PARKS SYSTEM TO CATCH-UP WITH THE CITY'S GROWTH. The Department will increase park land, facilities, programs, services, and resources to ensure it is equitably and sustainably meeting the needs of the growing city. PHYSICAL SYSTEM 1. Expand Park land Increase the amount of park land equitably throughout the city, with a focus in underserved areas. Miami residents identified access to park land as a high -priority. Currently, the Acreage Level of Service (LOS) for park land in the City of Miami is 3.0 acres per 1,000 population. If park land is not expanded in the next 10 years, this Acreage LOS would go down to 2.9 acres per 1,000 population. Additionally, park land within Commission Districts varies. For example, Commission District 3 has the least amount of park land with 0.5 Acres per 1,000 population while Commission District 2 as the most with 8.9 Acres per 1,000 population (2.2 Acres per 1,000 population not including Virginia Key). To help increase park land, Reimagine Parks Miami recommends establishing a citywide Acreage LOS Target of 3 acres per 1,000 population. Based on this Acreage LOS target, the City of Miami would have to expand park land by an additional 43 acres by the year 2032. Additionally, the City of Miami will continue to implement Mayor Suarez's pledge of the Trust for Public Land's (TPL) 10-minute walk campaign of providing residents with access to a quality Neighborhood Park within a 10-minute walk. The image on the following page illustrates the proposed park land vision for Reimagine Parks Miami. To implement this vision of 29 newly proposed parks and continued park expansion throughout the city with a focus on Commission Districts with low park land acreage, PRD will continue to collaboratively, creatively, and aggressively pursue opportunities to expand park land through fee -simple acquisition, securing of easements, partnerships, and redevelopment of sites on a strategic parcel -by -parcel basis, and as opportunities become available. This Vision proposes developing new parks where there is a need for a park within 1/4 mile in the Downtown Core —due to the high population density in this area —and within 1/2 mile in the rest of the city. Prioritizing investments should consider the disproportionate needs per Commission District, with Districts 3 and 4 having the greatest need of park land. Expanding park land also includes advocating for and supporting on -going projects illustrated in this vision such as The Underline, The Underdeck, and The Miami Riverwalk and River Greenway. 0184 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Proposed Park Land Vision VISION PROPOSALS New Neighborhood Parks in Downtown Care with 1 /4 Mile Access New Neighborhood Parks ■ 1 in High and Moderate Density Area ▪ with 1 /2 Mile Access • — —• The Underline - Planning - Proposed/Potential Parks I .r • ; Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND 1City limits Commission Districts Existing/ Proposed Pedestrian/ Bicycle Facilities I= Parks Neighborhood Park Outside City of Miami with 1/2 Mile Access MI Water Bodies I♦ K-12 Public Schools Park Deserts (Areas without access to neighborhood par* within Ouorrer/ - a1f Mile) Relative Pork Land Need per Commission District P-1 Most Park ' Land Need Least Park Land Need I I 2 Miles • VISION 0185 An important opportunity to expand park land is a partnership with Miami -Dade County Schools to expand access to greenspace and recreation facilities in existing and future schools. To leverage this opportunity, Reimagine Parks Miami recommends the addition of a new park classification - a School Park, which is discussed in the following page. ACOLLABORATION •■dI WITH SCHOOLS Collaborating with schools to provide park space is an efficient and effective strategy to address park needs. NYC Parks has worked collaboratively with the Department of Education and the Trust for Public Land (TPL),a national non-profit organization that works with communities to create parks and protect land for people, to renovate and open hundreds of school yards to the public during non -school hours through the Schoolyards to Playgrounds program. TPL completed an analysis in 2019 showing that only 10 percent of the approximately 100,000 public schools in the United States provide the general public with formal access to schoolyard sites. The study also suggests that America's public -school grounds have the potential to solve the problem of park access for at least 19.6 million people, including 5.2 million children. The same is true in the City of Miami, as many of the city's park deserts could be addressed through partnerships with schools. 0186 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI SCHOOL PARKS JJ LL �� J %("0 t)00 ClOc'tQQ0_. Size: Dependent on the intended use as Mini, Neighborhood, or Community Park - 0.25 acres to 40+ Location and Context: Adjacent to schools within Residential and Mixed -Use Areas Access Level of Service: Dependent on the intended use as Mini, Neighborhood, or Community Park - 1 /4 to 1 or 2 miles Function: School Parks combine the resources of multiple agencies and allow for expanded parks, recreation, cultural, and educational opportunities for the community in an efficient and effective manner. Ensuring close coordination between the School Principal and School District will maximize the benefits of the joint -use space. Programmed events should coincide with the type of park facility that the School Park is intended to serve. School Parks can also provide opportunities to address environmental challenges such as local stormwater management issues, urban heat island effect, biological diversity, and ecological and habitat restoration. Typical Amenities • Baseball field • Basketball court • Bike playground • Bicycle racks • Community garden • Covered multi -generational playground • Dockless micro -mobility stations • Dog park • Electrical outlets • Exercise equipment • Litter/ recycling receptacles • Football field • Movable tables and chairs • Multi -purpose open space • Multi -purpose trail • Mountain bike trail • On -leash dog area • On -street parking • Outdoor table games (e.g. ping pong, fooseball, etc.) • Park Zone traffic markings • Pickleball court • Picnic area • Public art • Playground • Restroom • Running track • Sand volleyball court • Secure park/ school fencing • Skate park • Soccer field • Softball field • Splash pad • Swimming pool • Tee ball field • Tennis court • Water fountain, features, ponds • Wi-fi VISION 0187 Another opportunity is the activation of underutilized publicly -owned land, such as land owned by the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT). For example, the images in this page illustrate how the re -construction of access ramps along the Dolphin Expressway and NW 27th Avenue have created approximately 10.5 acres of underutilized greenspace. Consistent with what other cities and states such as Seattle, Washington; New York, New York; and Atlanta, Georgia have done with DOT land, this land could be transformed to continue addressing the water quality and quantity needs of FDOT while also addressing the parks and recreation needs of the surrounding community. This investment could then be connected to adjacent neighborhoods through high -quality, complete streets. PARTNERING TO CREATE GREENSPACE THAT ACHIEVES MULTIPLE BENEFITS Dolphin Expressway and NW 27th Avenue Before Reconstruction (2016) Dolphin Expressway and NW 27th Avenue After Reconstruction (2019) 0188 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Park Land Vision Concept VISION 0189 The following examples provide additional opportunities for expanding park land through innovative land uses and creative partnerships. An important opportunity to expand park land is in partnership with Miami -Dade County to increase the use of public right-of-way as pedestrian focused plazas and recreational spaces. The Department has already begun this practice, with the implementation of "Play Streets," including the Fuller Street Plaza. The Fuller Street Plaza began as a temporary closure due to Covid-19 but has now been permanently established as pedestrian space. Source: www.retailrestaurariifkr.Coin Further inspiration may be drawn from the success of "superilles" in Barcelona, Spain, where a netwok of green hubs and squares have been successfully implemented in spaces formerly devoted to cars. 0190 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The conversion of vehicle parking areas to recreational uses --whether the top of parking decks or surface parking lots --is a significant opportunity, and was suggested in the 2007 master plan. The potential creation of mini -soccer fields on top of a parking deck along Coral Way is shown below. Existing Parking Deck Parking Deck Recreation Conversion Concept VISION A successful precedent for the shared use of parking and recreation space is the Home Depot Backyard at Mercedes Benz Stadium in Atlanta. The reinforced grass lawn is used for parking and tailgating during game days and events but is open to the public for recreational uses at most other times. Home Depot Backyard in use as parking area Home Depot Backyard in shared parking and recreation use Source: www.kimley-horn.com Home Depot Backyard as recreational space 0192 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI INTEGRATING STORMWATER AND RECREATION Miami's Comprehensive Stormwater Master Plan recommends the implementation of exfiltration infrastructure and green infrastructure in parks, where possible. An example from the Netherlands provides inspiration for creating a multi -purpose hardscape recreation space for basketball, soccer, and skateboarding that also serves as a supplemental stormwater retention area during major rain events. 1 VISION 0193 2. Increase access to Nature Protect, acquire, and recreate Nature experiences to ensure that residents have access to high -quality natural areas equitably throughout the city. Miami residents identified natural areas, nature parks, and unpaved walking and hiking trails as high -priority facility needs. Despite the lush tropical flora that thrives in many Miami parks, designated natural areas represent a very small portion of parkland, with the exception of Virginia Key. Additionally, there are very few forested or natural areas that are not already protected as parks or greenspaces, such as Vizcaya Museum & Gardens. For example, the image below of Simpson Park Hammock preserves a rare pocket of tropical hardwood forest, just feet from the skyscrapers of Brickell. Opportunities to provide additional natural areas like this are extremely limited and should be prioritized. To address this need, PRD will continue to enhance awareness and facilitate access to existing sites, expand existing natural areas where possible, and target any remaining undeveloped areas that may provide high -quality nature experiences for acquisition. Re -Imagine Parks Miami also proposes to position the spoil islands along the Biscayne Bay as Nature Island Parks with a variety of nature experiences such as hiking, picnicking, camping, boating, fishing, and swimming. The image on the following page illustrates the proposed natural area vision for Reimagine Parks Miami. The Vision proposes foremost, to maximize use of the three existing Natural Area parks through increased maintenance and programming (e.g. birdwatching, plant walks, and volunteer invasive plant removal). Improvements to enhance underused natural areas in other parks and increasing tree canopy in parks throughout 0194 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI the city is also recommended. Lastly, parcels that have been designated as Environmental Preservation Districts should be reviewed for potential acquisition or partnerships to allow for public access. Parks Proposed for Natural Area Enhancements • All Island Parks Proposed Natural Area Vision VISION PROPOSALS Miami Parks with Natural Areas Proposed For Continued Management and Improvement Parks with Proposed Natural Experience Enhancement - Parks with Proposed Increased Tree Canopy Existing Facilities Miami -Dade County Parks with Natural Areas nNatural Forest Community ▪ Environmental Preservation Districts ■ • re. ri ■ • • Juan Pablo Duarte Park • Fern Isle/Ronald Reagan Park • Morningside Park • Sewell Park Existing Natural Area Parks • Alice Wainwright Park • Simpson Park • Virginia Key • Robert King High Park • Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND ti City Limits Commission Districts Roads Parks Water Bodies River 2 Md. • VISION 0195 3. Increase access to Water Acquire land, secure easements, and develop partnerships to maximize public access to the water throughout the city. The opportunity to visually and physically access the water is a highly desirable experience for City of Miami residents and visitors. While there are various public parks throughout the city that provide these opportunities, most of the land along water ways is in private ownership and inaccessible to the public. PRD will continue to work with City, State, and Federal agency partners to increase access to the water through the acquisition of land, easements, or partnerships that provide direct visual and (where appropriate in waterfront parks) physical access to the water through the implementation of boat ramps, canoe/ kayak launches, and piers. Physical access would be explored in a park -by -park basis in coordination with residents and partner agencies. Additionally, Virginia Key provides ample opportunities for access to water, hiking, and natural area recreation, many of which are identified in the park's master plan and should continue to be prioritized for implementation. VISION PROPOSALS Enhanced Water Access _ in Waterfront Parks -Enhanced Water Access in Natural Area Island Parks Existing Facilities Canoe/Kayak Launches • Boat Ramps {Powerboat) ', City Marinas ■ 1 • 1 Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND r 11.▪ 1 City ti CommissiLimitson districts Roads Parks ▪ Water Bodies ▪ River Mies • 0196 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 4. Increase parks and recreation facilities and amenities Increase the number of parks and recreation facilities and amenities to equitably meet the needs of the community. Recreation facilities are important for creating memorable activities — children playing in playgrounds, families having outdoor picnics, teens playing football, soccer, and basketball, adults playing softball, and seniors exercising in outdoor fitness stations - these activities don't only make for better parks, but also for better communities. The City of Miami has hundreds of facilities, ranging from various types of fields and courts to playgrounds and community gardens. Considering the city's historical growth, growth in the last 10 years, and the expected increase in population over the next 10 years, the Department will need more recreation facilities to meet the demand. Re -Imagine Parks Miami anticipates this need by developing Facilities Level of Service (LOS) targets for key recreation and park facilities and combining them with projected population figures to identify the number of facilities that may be needed in the next 10 years. These Facilities LOS targets provide a systematic approach to providing a balance of outdoor recreation facilities that respond to the top priority outdoor recreation facility needs of the community and are informed by the City's demographics, local and national benchmarks, and outdoor recreation trends. The proposed Facilities LOS chart below identifies the number of facilities that may be needed in the next 10 years. These targets should be reviewed every 2-3 years, pending new population estimates and surveys of community needs. The following pages map the areas that are in need of these facilities. It is important to note that public engagement based studies would have to be completed to determine if the proposed facilities recommended in existing parks would be feasible. PROPOSED FACILITIES LOS Facilities Inventory Proposed Miami Facilities LOS Target Need / Surplus Based on Proposed Facilities LOS Basketball court 82 5,700 -3 Indoor Recreation Centers 40 12,000 0 Diamond fields: baseball - adult 7 65,000 -1 Diamond fields: baseball - youth 17 20,500 -7 Dog park 9 32,000 -9 Multipurpose synthetic field 5 85,890 -1 Nature centers 1 480,000 1 Pickleball 15 30,000 -9 Playgrounds 85 4,500 -22 Recreation centers with Gyms 5 64,000 -3 Rectangular fields: multi -purpose 11 26,000 -8 Skate park 1 134,441 -3 Splashpad 5 30,000 -12 Swimming pools (outdoor only) 12 40,000 -1 Tennis courts (outdoor only) 51 7,685 -12 VISION 0197 PROPOSED BASKETBALL COURTS VISION The inventory includes 82 basketball courts across 38 parks, providing significant coverage across the city at half -mile access. Basketball ranked as a low priority for investment based on the statistically valid survey's Priority Investment Rating (PIR). The Vision proposes six new courts to help address access gaps through the middle of the city in Districts 1,3,and 4. All of the proposed courts currently exist at schools and represent the opportunity for partnership in creating School Parks with Miami -Dade County Schools. Proposed Sites for Basketball Courts • Auburndale Elementary School • Citrus Grove Middle School • Kensington Park Elementary School VISION PROPOSAL LEGEND Basketball {Public Use Agreement) at Existing Schools 0 Basketball Courts 1 0.5 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities Basketball Courts Basketball Courts 1 0.5 Mile Buffer • Shenandoah Elementary School • Shenandoah Middle School • Silver Bluff Elementary School Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND City Limits Commission Districts Roads Parks ▪ Water Bodies River ▪ K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High _ Downtown Core 0198 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROPOSED DIAMOND FIELD - YOUTH/ADULT BASEBALL VISION The inventory includes 17 youth baseball fields (baselines vary but less than 90') and 7 adult baseball fields (baselines are 90'). At 1 mile access for youth fields and 2 mile access for adult fields, the majority of the city is covered and "Baseball/Softball" fields ranked as a low priority on the PIR. The Vision proposes 7 new youth fields, including 3 at the new quad complex previously proposed in the Virginia Key Master Plan, as well as one new adult field, also at Virginia Key. The Department's ongoing practice of using diamond fields for shared baseball and softball use is expected to continue, with no desire for softball -exclusive fields expressed. VISION PROPOSALS New Youth Baseball Fields 0 New Youth Baseball Fields I 1 Mile Buffer New Youth Baseball Complex' 3 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities fp Youth Baseball Fields Youth Baseball Fields I 1 Mile Buffer • Adult Baseball Fields Adult Baseball Fields 12 Mile Buffer Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND I1 City Limits fCommission Districts Roads ▪ Parks ▪ Water Bodies River ▪ K-12 Public Sch❑ols Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High I- Downtown Core 2 M[es • VISION 0199 PROPOSED DOG PARK VISION The inventory includes 9 dog parks, with 8 in District in 2 and one in District 5, all located closed to the Biscayne Bay shoreline. Due to the value of dog parks for residents living in multi -family housing, a differential access level - of -service was used, with 1 mile access in the "High" density and "Downtown Core" zones, and 1.5 mile access in "Moderate" density areas. The Vision proposes 9 new dog parks, with 7 proposed in existing parks and 2 in new park spaces. Many of the proposed sites are based directly on public comments. Proposed Sites for Dog Parks • Antonio Maceo Park • Athalie Range Park • General Jose Francisco Morazon Quesada • Gerry Curtis Park VISION PROPOSALS • New Dog Parks in New Parks • New Dog Parks in Existing Parks 0 New Dog Parks 1 1 /1.5 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities Dog Parks Dog Parks I 1 /1.5 Mile Buffer • Jose Marti Park • Melreese Golf Course (Miami Freedom Park) • Robert King High Park Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND 1_I City Limits Commission Districts Roads - Parks I_ Water Bodies _ River K-12 Public Schools Residential Density zones Non -Residential Moderate High _ Downtown Core 0200 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The features and design of future dog parks should align with the City's new Dog Park Master Plan and accompanying legislation passed in June 2023. The Dog Parks Master Plan legislation includes the following provisions: 1. Safe and Accessible Location: The City of Miami, Parks and Recreation Department shall identify suitable locations for Dog Parks that prioritize safety, accessibility, drainage, and ecology. The Department shall consider the following factors when determining a suitable location for a Dog Park: a. Whether the location has adequate drainage to prevent water accumulation; b. Whether there are nearby parking facilities, or space to create parking facilities, to accommodate park visitors and promote accessibility and convenience; and c. Whether there are natural areas nearby where flora and fauna, such as ground nesting birds, small mammals, and native plants, may be disturbed. Dog Parks shall not be located in close proximity to natural areas where flora and fauna may be disturbed. 2. Cleaning Supplies: Dog parks shall be equipped with sufficient cleaning supplies, including garbage cans and dog waste bags, to facilitate the proper disposal of waste and maintain cleanliness within the park. 3. Separate Areas for Small and Large Dogs: Where space allows, the Department shall prioritize the inclusion of separate areas for small dogs (under 25 pounds) and large dogs (over 25 pounds) within Dog Parks. This segregation aims to provide a safe and comfortable environment for dogs of different sizes to play and interact. 4. Park Hours and Rules: Signage shall be prominently displayed within Dog Parks, specifying the designated park hours and rules to ensure the safety and well-being of all park users. 5. Chain Link Fence and Double Door Feature: The Department may install chain link fences up to a 5-feet in height around the perimeter and at the frontage of the Dog Park to ensure the containment of dogs within the designated area. Furthermore, a double door feature shall be implemented to prevent dogs from escaping when entering or exiting the park. 6. Dog Water Fountain: Dog Parks shall include a dog water fountain within the park to provide a convenient water source for dogs to stay hydrated during their visit. 7. Play Equipment: Dog Parks may include certain play equipment that enhances the dogs' experience and promotes physical activity, subject to safety and maintenance considerations. Photo: Blgnche Park Dog Park VISION 0201 PROPOSED OUTDOOR POOLS VISION The inventory includes 12 outdoor pools, 3 of which were closed for repairs as of July 2023. Due to their heavy usage, particularly among residents living in multi -family building without pools, differential access level -of - service was used, with 1 mile access in the "High" density and "Downtown Core" zones, and 1.5 mile access in "Moderate" density areas. Outdoor pools ranked as a high priority on the PIR. Due to the nearly complete access, the Vision proposes just 1 new outdoor pool, located centrally in the city in District 3. Expediting the completion of repairs and reopening the closed pools is also a priority recommendation. Vision Proposals New Pools in New Park 0 New Pools 11/1-5 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities j Pools Pools Closed (for renovation or repairs as of July 2023,1 Pools 11/1.5 Mile Buffer P � i , ji_ )/g r-- my a Lv Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team 1 LEGEND 11 City Limits Commission Districts Roads - Parks - Water Bodies - River - K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate - High Downtown Core 0202 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROPOSED PICKLEBALL COURTS VISION The inventory includes 15 pickleball courts across 6 parks. Due to the rapid growth and interest in pickleball, differential access level -of -service was used, with 1 mile access in the "High" density and "Downtown Core" zones, and 1.5 mile access in "Moderate" density areas. Despite mentions in public meetings and online comments, pickleball courts ranked as a low priority on the PIR. The Vision proposes 8 new sites for pickleball courts (with total courts to be determined pending further design). The Vision recommends two sites for pickleball complexes with at least 6 courts, in the future Miami Freedom Park and in Jose Marti Park in available space under 1-95. VISION PROPOSALS New Pickleball Courts in New Pork New Pickleball Courts in Existing Parks New Pickleball Courts I 1 /1.5 Mile Buffer New Pickleball Court Complex (6+ courts) 3 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities J Pickleball Courts Pickleball Courts 1 1 /1-5 Mile Buller 1 3 r� .J ■ sources: Lily or ivuami L onsunanr seam LEGEND 1_I City Limits Commission Districts Roads - Parks I_ Water Bodies _ River K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High _ Downtown Core 2 !ME • VISION 0203 "SURGICALLY" INSERTING ._}1. .dl FACILITIES IN THE PUBLIC REALM "Surgigcally" inserting facilities in the public realm is a strategy to provide desired recreation opportunities throughout the community as mini parks. A dog park or tennis courts, for example, may be located on top of a parking deck; a playground may be provided through a local church; and an athletic field may be provided through partnerships with local schools. Facilities and amenities that are needed are strategically inserted wherever there is space. This model is most common in large, urbanized areas where land is at a premium. For example, as illustrated in the images to the right, the NoMa Business Improvement District in Washington, D.C. built a playground, dog park, and seating areas in a 8,200 SF site - 5,200 SF in private land and 3,000 SF in public land. Another example is found in the City of Seattle where they built the 1-5 Colonnade Urban Mountain Bike Skills Park under Interstate 5; and the City of New York tows a seven -lane swimming pool barge down the East River — dubbed the "Floating Pool Lady" — to serve the residents of the Bronx each summer. The emphasis is not on park or facility types, but on providing access to recreational opportunities wherever and however they can be provided. 0204 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROPOSED PLAYGROUND VISION The inventory includes 85 playgrounds over 75+ parks. Due to the role of playgrounds as an essential component of park spaces, differential access level -of -service was used, with quarter mile access in the "High" density and "Downtown Core" zones, and half mile access in "Moderate" density areas. With a high number of playgrounds, and significant coverage, playgrounds ranked as a medium priority on the PIR. The Vision proposes 24 new sites for playgrounds, including at all newly proposed parks, as well as at two existing bayfront parks. Surveys, and public comments also suggested a specific desire for non-traditional "adventure" or "discovery" playgrounds. VISION PROPOSALS • New Playgrounds in New Parks • New Playgrounds in Existing Parks New Playgrounds 10.25/0.5 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities • Playgrounds Playgrounds 10.25/0.5 Mile Buffer J I• o 0 • • ■ f • 0 0 Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team 9 LEGEND r1 City Limits r Commission Districts Roods - Parks - Water Bodies MI River ▪ K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate - High - Downtown Core $ Mie6 • VISION 0205 PROPOSED RECTANGLE FIELD VISION The inventory includes 11 multi -purpose rectangular fields (natural turf) used primarily for football and soccer, as well as other sports played on rectangle fields, including lacrosse, ultimate, etc. Access level -of -service for these fields is 1 mile. There are also 5 multi -purpose synthetic fields, which allow for increased usage and therefore are analyzed at 2 mile access. Rectangle fields ranked as a low priority on the PIR--however, athletic programming staff and athletic stakeholders demonstrated a need for additional fields. The Vision proposes 6 new sites for rectangle fields, including 3 which are intended to feature at least 2 fields. A four field complex was previously adopted as part of the Virginia Key Master Plan, and Miami Freedom Park is planned to develop multiple fields, some of which should allow public access. The long-term goal is to allow for some existing non -regulation sized fields to be designated as open lawns for free play, as opposed to organized recreation. VISION PROPOSALS • New Multiuse Rectangular Fields in New Park • New Multiuse Rectangular Fields in Exisling Park 0 New Multiuse Rectangular Fields I 1 Mile Buffer New Multiuse Rec. Field Complex (2+ fields) 2 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities ▪ Natural Fields • Natural Fields I 1 Mile Buffer Synthetic Fields Synthetic Fields 12 Mile Buffer Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND I1 City Limits fCommission Districts Roads - Parks - Water Bodies River ▪ K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High - Downtown Core 2 Me • 0206 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROPOSED SKATE PARK VISION The Department does not currently own or operate any Skate Parks. However, there is a free, publicly -accessible skate park called Lot 11 Skatepark located under 1-95 near Government Center. There is also a private skate park that charges a fee for use (SkateBird Miami) in the El Portal area. Skate parks ranked as low priority on the PIR, however there was significant public interest expressed through the online survey and at public meetings. The Vision proposes 4 new skate parks, including 3 at new park sites and one in the redeveloped Miami Freedom Park. At a 2 mile access standard, the city would have nearly complete coverage. VISION PROPOSALS • New Skate Parks in New Parks � * New Skate Parks in Existing Parks f } New Skate Parks 12 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities A Skate Parks (Free Public Access) ❑ Skate Parks Wee} Skate Parks! 2 Mile Buffet LAG. --1 it ■i � �s r •• Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND City Limits r Commission Districts Roads - Parks - Water Bodies - River - K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High - Downtown Core N (� z c • VISION 0207 PROPOSED SPLASH PAD VISION The inventory includes 5 splashpads, which are not distributed equitably across the city. Due to the value of splash pads in providing cooling recreation on hot days, differential access level -of -service was used, with half mile access in the "High" density and "Downtown Core" zones, and 1 mile access in "Moderate" density areas. Splashpads ranked as a medium priority on the PIR, and were also noted as a key to heat resilience by staff and residents. The Vision proposes 12 new splashpads, including 6 at existing parks and 6 at new parks. Proposed Sites for Splashpads • Biscayne Park • Brickell Estates (Undeveloped) • Bryan Park Vision Proposals 0, New Splashpods in New Parks New Splashpods in Existing Parks 0 New Sploshpads 10.5/1 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities • Splashpods Splashpods I 0.5/1 Mile Buffer • Fern Isle Park • Jose Marti Park • Margaret Pace Park • Robert King High Park Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND City Limits 2 Commission Districts Roads - Parks - Water Bodies - River - K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate - High - Downtown Core 0208 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PROPOSED TENNIS COURTS VISION The inventory includes 51 courts across 17 parks, with widespread coverage but a few remaining access gaps. Due to the popularity of tennis in south Florida, differential access level -of -service was used, with one mile access in the "High" density and "Downtown Core" zones, and 1.5 mile access in "Moderate" density areas. Tennis courts ranked as a low priority on the PIR. The Vision proposes 7new sites for courts (total number of courts to be determined with further design), including at 3 existing parks and 4 new park sites. Proposed Sites for Tennis Courts • David T. Kennedy Park • Grapeland Heights Park/Miami Freedom Park VISION PROPOSALS ▪ New Tennis Courts in New Park • New Tennis Courts in Existing Park New Tennis Courts I 1 /1.5 Mile Buffer • Virginia Key Beach Park (4 courts proposed in Master Plan) r i Existing Facilities lb Tennis Courts f ■ . i a Tennis Courts 1/1.5 Mile Buffer 1 • r EL s' Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND 1_I City Limits Commission Districts Roads - Parks I_ Water Bodies _ River K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High _ Downtown Core Mi4 • VISION 0209 The image below illustrates the integrated vision of proposed parks and recreation facilities throughout the City. Proposed Park Facilities Integrated Vision VISION PROPOSAL LEGEND Area in Need of Youth Baseball Fields i 1-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone 3-Mile Access in Virginia Key Area in Need of Basketball Courts 77F) 0.5•Mila Access Area in Need of a Dog Park 1-Mile Access in High Density Lone/ Downtown Core • 1.5-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone 4 Area in Need of Pickleball Coals 1-Mile Access in High Density Zone/ Downtown Core 1.5-Mlle Access in Moderate Density 2one 3-Mile Access For Complex Area in Need of a Playground i 0,25-Mile Access in High Density Zone/ Downtown Cora • 0.5-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone t Area in Need of a Pool i 1-Mile Access in High Density Zone/ Downtown Cara 1,5-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone Area in Need of a Skate Pork 'tif 2-Mile Access Area in Need of a Multiuse ;i Rectangle Field 1-Mile Access 2-Mile Access for Complex Area in Need oFo Splashpad •j 0.5•Mile Access in High Density Zone/ Downtown Care 1 •Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone • Area in Need of Tennis Courts 1-Mike Access in High Density Zone/ Downtown Core 1,5-Mile Access in Moderate Density 2one Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team LEGEND r City Limits Commission Districts Existing/ Proposed Pedestrian/ Bicycle Facilities Porks 11.1 Water Bodies - K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High Downtown Core 0 • 2 Miles r 0210 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 5. Provide access to Indoor Recreation Center space Provide additional recreation center space equitably throughout the city based on identified needs of the community. Indoor recreation centers are critical for providing the types of multi -generational programs that are important to Miami residents. Currently, the Indoor Recreation Center Square Footage LOS in the City of Miami is 1.4 square feet per capita. This is just below the industry benchmark range of 1.5 to 2.0 square feet per capita. If indoor recreation space is not expanded in the next 10-years, this Indoor Recreation Center Square Footage LOS would go down to 1.3 acres per 1,000 population. Additionally, indoor recreation center space within Commission Districts vary. For example, Commission District 3 has the least amount of indoor recreation center space with 0.5 square feet per capita while Commission District 5 has the most with 1.8 square feet per capita. To help increase access to indoor recreation center space, Reimagine Parks Miami recommends establishing a City-wide Indoor Recreation Center Square Footage LOS Target of 1.5 square feet per capita, consistent with industry benchmarks. Based on this LOS target, the City of Miami would have to expand indoor recreation center space by an additional 322,074 square feet by the year 2032. Due to the high access level of service of indoor recreation centers currently provided, the Vision does not propose any new community centers. However, Reimagine Parks Miami recommends renovating or improving two sites based on feedback from staff - Gerry Curtis and Flagami Senior Center. Additionally, Reimagine Parks Miami recommends the transformation of 9 indoor recreation centers into Resiliency Hubs along with the addition of 3 gymnasiums - 2 in existing parks and 1 in a new park. Envisioned through a collaboration between the City of Miami Office of Resilience and Sustainability, Parks and Recreation, Office of Capital Improvements, and Division of Emergency Management, these Resiliency Hubs would offer parks and recreation programs and services as well as enhanced social services such as free health testing, ESOL classes, and free tax prep. During emergencies, the facilities will serve as cooling centers and provide Wi-Fi, device charging, food, and ice distribution as well as reliable information on recovery efforts. To facilitate these enhanced services, the City would partner with various local organizations to further enhance the opportunities and programs available to residents. Additionally, while expansion and development plans for indoor recreation centers are completed, PRD should collaborate with other city, state, federal, non-profit, and other community partners to identify indoor spaces such as schools, churches, neighborhood centers, underutilized store fronts, and other examples to provide mobile programs and services closer to where residents live. Source www.nycgovparks.org/programs/r VISION PROPOSED INDOOR RECREATION CENTER VISION The inventory includes 40 community centers, widely distributed across the city and providing near complete access at 1 mile. Due to the high level of service currently provided, the Vision does not propose any new Indoor Recreation centers. Nine sites are proposed to be transformed into Resiliency Hubs along with the addition of three gymnasiums - 2 in existing parks and 1 in a new location. Proposed Resiliency Hub Sites and Gyms • Little Haiti Cultural Center with Proposed Gym • Charles Hadley Park • Jose Marti Park VISION PROPOSALS Existing Indoor Recreation Center * ; as Potential Resiliency Hub 0 Existing Park os Potential Outdoor Resiliency Hub • New Gym in New Park • New Gym in Existing Parks 0 New Gym I 1 / 2 Mile Buffer Existing Facilities II Indoor Recreation Center Indoor Recreation Center 1 Mile Buffer Gyms/Recreation Centers Gyms/Recreation Centers 1 / 2 Mile Buffer • Grapeland Heights Park/ Miami Freedom Park with Proposed Gym • West End Park • Moore Park # i � • f --'`-1 ail 1 Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team • Esther Mae Armbrister Park • Gerry Curtis Park • Shenandoah Park • Douglas Park (Outdoor Distribution Hub) r LEGEND r 1 City Limits r Commission Districts Roads - Parks - Water Bodies River ▪ K-12 Public Schools Residential Density Zones Non -Residential Moderate High _ Downtown Core 0212 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 6. Increase public art in parks Collaborate with AIPP to grow public art opportunities throughout the park system. Miami is a world -class destination for arts and culture. Areas such as Wynwood, Miami Design District, and Downtown Miami contain dozens of galleries and examples of public art in buildings. Additionally, events such as Art Basel draw thousands of artists and art enthusiasts to the City and surrounding areas every year. The City of Miami's public realm, particularly the parks and recreation system should play an integral role in expanding art in the city through the integration of public art in parks and recreation facilities such as playgrounds, sports courts, fields, buildings, trails, signage/ wayfinding, etc. To achieve this, PRD will continue to work with the AIPP to infuse public art into the park system, in addition to the 22 projects AIPP has already completed. Source: www.daiFyscandic ..corg4trolls-danish-artist-thomas-dambo VISION 0213 PROGRAMS AND SERVICES ADMINISTRATION AND STAFFING 1. Grow new program areas based on community need and trends Introduce programs that serve the community's evolving needs. Utilizing information from the statistically valid survey, other trend data, industry benchmarks, and ongoing community feedback, staff should monitor current programs to identify gaps in offerings. Additionally, evaluate the program lifecycle information from the program assessment worksheets, to identify the programs that are in the decline stages and can be eliminated or reimagined to introduce new programs in their place. 2. Expand offerings and advocacy for Nature Programs and Health and Wellness Offerings Increase awareness and participation in nature and environmental education offerings. National trends and local survey results demonstrate a growing need for nature and environmental education and health and wellness offerings. In keeping with program assessment findings and gaps, staff can determine areas of opportunity to expand for these program areas. Additionally, it would be important to explore partnerships with other providers including schools and Miami -Dade County to collaborate on joint offerings or space uses for these offerings. In partnership with the schools, the city staff can develop ambassador programs for the youth to help grow advocacy and stewardship of the abundant outdoor and natural resources in Miami. 1. Grow Awareness: Increase local knowledge of the parks and recreation system Expand marketing and storytelling to reduce participants (currently 29 percent) not participating due to lack of awareness. The Department should invest at least 3 percent of it annual operating budget on marketing and branding. This is based on the Consulting Team's national operational experience and is reflective of what the award -winning agencies do. This increased budget would help with developing a marketing and branding plan, hire dedicated staff for implementing the plan and explore ways to supplement staffing needs through contracting, part-time or internship support and online digital tools. 2. Right staffing to reflect growing needs Ensure staff levels and functions are aligned with increased offerings and community demographics. It is important to continue assessing staffing levels and staff's functions to maximize their potential and ensure current and future staffing is driven by new and desired functional areas in addition to head counts. These could incorporate new positions in data and analytics, social media, new revenue generation and even artificial intelligence. 4. Leverage funding for Parks Continue to stretch available park funding through grants, partnerships, sponsorships, and philanthropic opportunities. 0214 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI INNOVATE INNOVATE TO MAXIMIZE EQUITABLE IMPACT IN THE COMMUNITY. The Department will apply an innovation lens to ideas and strategies, identifying new methods and products to Renew, Connect, and Grow the parks system in a way that increases community impact while enhancing efficiencies. 1. Integrate technological innovation into the parks system and service delivery Stay up to date on technological advances and explore the inclusion of technology into parks, recreation facilities, programs, and services. Staying on top of technological advances can help staff deliver programs and services more efficiently, effectively, and at a higher -quality. Additionally, it can provide enhanced durability and operation of parks and recreation facilities which have the potential to reduce long-term capital, operations, and maintenance costs. PRD will continue to stay on top of technological advances by providing staff access to continue education opportunities. 2. Position parks to help addli-iii rlex challenges in the community Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. Parks are more than just "nice to have spaces for play and leisure". They are critical infrastructure that provide residents with essential environmental, social, and economic benefits that help address the complex challenges facing Miami residents. The challenges that residents are most concerned about are community safety, flooding and resiliency, access to healthy foods and healthcare, affordable housing, community blight, transportation, and high -quality jobs. PRD will continue to work with City, State, Federal, and non-profit partners to position parks as an important strategy to not only address these challenges but also improve the overall quality of life of Miami residents. The following pages contain strategies to help the Department maximize the impact of parks in the community. Source: www.nrpa.o VISION 0215 PARKS AND COMMUNITY SAFETY Residents identified community safety as the most important complex challenge in the community. The City has the potential to improve community safety through the parks and recreation system by: • Considering Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) strategies in the design and redesign of parks and recreation facilities. • Adding security cameras in key parks, ensure adequate lighting in parks after dark, and encourage more patrolling in parks. • Expanding parks so they have as many public edges as possible that encourage "eyes on the park." • In collaboration with partners, developing programs and activities for at -risk populations to help deliver programs, services, employment, and educational opportunities during convenient and important times, including late into the night. PARKS AND RESILIENCY The parks and recreation system can help address resiliency challenges by: • Transforming key Parks into Community Resiliency Hub Parks. • Designing and building parks to recover quickly after storm events through the use of resilient materials, hardy plants, and durable design details and construction methods. • Strengthening urban ecologies through the use of strategic plantings and coastal edges that promote functional ecosystems and achieve coastal resiliency through the use of natural systems. • Accounting for future projected sea level rise and adapting park design and usage patterns to maximize the use of facilities by moving high -cost and high -value amenities and facilities further inland, elevating facilities and amenities above projected sea level rise elevations, and where possible regrading natural features that serve as natural buffers from rising waters. • Exploring the role of parks in addressing community -scale coastal resiliency by raising bulkheads and adding interior drainage. • Limiting impervious pavement in parks and using native trees, shrubs, and groundcover that help absorb water. • Exploring the role of parks in serving as local or regional stormwater treatment facilities while provide high -quality parks and recreation experiences. PARKS AND ACCESS TO HEALTHY FOODS Parks serve as healthy food centers by: • Serving meals through federal nutrition programs. • Providing nutritional education opportunities such as healthy cooking classes, healthy living behaviors, and healthy meals preparation and consumption. • Organizing farmers markets, community gardens, and community -supported agriculture programs that bring healthy foods closer to resident's homes. Source: www.asapconnections.org 0216 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI VISION 0217 ACTIVATING PARKS FOR COMMUNITY SAFETY Parks have the potential to help address community safety through various ways. One of those ways is through activation. This begins by ensuring that parks and recreation centers include multipurpose and multigenerational facilities and amenities. Additionally, in collaboration with partners, PRD would develop programs and activities for at -risk populations to help deliver services, employment, and educational opportunities during convenient and important times, including late into the evening. The images below provide an example of how a park may be improved to provide multipurpose, multigenerational facilities that would be activated both day and night to provide a safe and compelling space for at -risk populations to enjoy. Existing Roberto Clemente Park Proposed Roberto Clemente Park with Multipurpose Multigenerational Facilities, Programs, and Services that Cater to the Needs of the Surrounding Community 0218 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Proposed Roberto Clemente Park Night Activation and Safe Access Impovements to help with Community Safety VISION 0219 • Providing food insecurity screenings and offering referrals to meal programs and nutrition supports, to support SNAP and WIC enrollment and retention services in partnership with local state offices, and to offer mobile services to meet community members where they are. • Building coalitions of like-minded organizations like healthcare systems, food banks, and universities to create a whole - community approach to nutrition and more comprehensive health and social services. PARKS AND ACCESS TO HEALTHCARE Parks can provide access to healthcare through preventive measures as well as direct measures. Examples of strategies are: • Ensuring that a quality park is located within a 5 to 10-minute walk from residents to encourage regular physical activity, which improves mental and physical health. • Ensuring that parks contain amenities that provide health and wellness opportunities such as a walking loop for users to walk, jog, run, or skate, a multi -purpose open space for active -recreation and special events, and an outdoor exercise corral. • Ensuring that a indoor center is located within 1 mile of every resident that provides an indoor fitness room and fitness classes. • Collaborating with non-profit partners and local physicians to provide patients with Park Prescriptions and other programs that facilitate access to physicians, such as "Walk with a Doc". • Continue to partner with healthcare providers to reach key patient populations with health services and education such as health screenings and health education and awareness classes. • \VaLyc w1TH a educate exercisempower. 0220 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PARKS AND AFFORDABLE HOUSING Parks can help address affordable housing by: • Working closely with City of Miami Department of Housing & Community Development and other housing partners to maximize parks and recreation opportunities near existing affordable housing locations. • Considering joint development of new affordable housing and greenspace on publicly -owned land. • Exploring the future redevelopment of underutilized recreation center properties to create integrated affordable housing and indoor recreation center complex. • Coordinate with other City Departments, Agencies, and Non -Profits to purchase properties for affordable housing near future parks where parks may increase the property values of surrounding homes. Diagrams for a Community Center/ Affordable Housing Development ROOFzigei 388' ILI 2'' pik 8TH FLOOR 227' - s' puk STH FLOOR 217' - 0" t WI4TH FLOOR 206' - 6'' ak 3RD FLOOR lull 196' - 0" k2ND FLOOR r 185'-6' • 1ST FLOOR r ---- 175' - 0" Dik GROUND FLOOR T • 164'ask _ 0' PARKENG 1 r�_ • 154' _ 0' 1 �u -- ~, . PARKING 2 r ]-$11flt I J I L-1 L=1rTl�-I I E- I f1-�14a4_0 r --I-i-I-I-I-- TERRACE GARNER R23RIENTIAL RESIDENTTAL RESIDENTIAL RBIGBITIAL RESIDENnAL REC CENTER GYMNASIUM REC CENTER 7.0 .1111131 FIR l<l l Pi INA OUTDOOR ACTMTY SPACE JkRl 1=1 1 oR •1. GI Mt tSASIMPT •1* 5.191.217 r m MINA ICI Mit H1 trFT JP lElgalalPf 115.9611. TERPACEORRCel VISION 0221 PARKS AND COMMUNITY BLIGHT Parks can help address blight by: • Ensuring that no City of Miami park property contribute to blight, either through deteriorated structure and amenities, or poorly maintained landscape and hardscapes. This is particularly important for undeveloped properties or green spots with limited amenities that tend to be poorly maintained. These properties should be prioritized for improvement so they can begin serving the community. • Exploring the redevelopment of blighted properties to add park space, with the mutual benefit of removing a hazardous eyesore and growing the City's park acreage. PARKS AND ACCESS TO TRANSPORTATION Parks can help with access to transportation by: • Collaborating with other City Departments, non-profit agencies, and state and federal partners to enhance multi -modal connectivity to parks through: • Providing high -quality connections to parks. • Sidewalks that are ADA accessible, lighted, separated from the road with a vegetated buffer, and inclusive of shade trees where possible within a 'h mile walking shed of parks. • Controlled and uncontrolled crosswalks where appropriate to ensure safe and comfortable access to parks. • Park Zones along roads surrounding parks that alert vehicles that they are approaching and passing alongside a park and should reduce their speed to 15-20 miles per hour. • Micro -mobility transportation alternatives in parks such as traditional bikes, e-bikes, and e-scooters. • High -quality pedestrian and bicycle facilities within a 2-mile biking shed of parks. • Multipurpose trails that connect parks and communities. • Multiple pedestrian access points along the edges of parks and sidewalk and trail networks that connect these access points to park amenities. • Providing high -quality transit connections to parks • Transit stops within '/a to 'h mile of key parks. • Transit, para-transit, or trolley service to key parks and special events, programs, and services. • Using mobile and virtual strategies to delivery parks and recreation facilities, programs, and services. PARKS AND HIGH -QUALITY JOBS Parks can directly and indirectly create high quality jobs. Examples of strategies are: • Funding, operating, and managing the parks and recreation system in a high -quality manner so it enhances the quality of life of residents and encourages corporations to remain, thrive, or relocate to the City. • Funding capital projects and using local firms to participate in the design and construction of the projects. • Continuing to educate and promote parks and recreation industry jobs and as ensuring adequate wages and benefits for parks and recreation professionals. • Collaborating with community development corporations to create jobs programs that support the maintenance, operations, and management of the parks and recreation system. 0222 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI • Collaborating with local, state, federal, and non-profit partners to facilitate access to job fairs in community centers and during special events. • Facilitating opportunities for local residents to provide programs and services that are desired in the community as independent contractors. • Partnering with education institutions to provide continuing education, technical and professional certificates courses. 3. Pursue trends and next practices for future program and events offerings Ensure ongoing program innovation cycle is continued Build a culture focused on continuous learning and innovation for all operations and program and event offerings. Provide ways to refresh the innovation pipeline with creative new programs and events identified from the parks and recreation industry and beyond. These could be sourced from webinars and online learning tools, non-profit and private sector offerings and National Recreation and Park Association and Sports and Facility Industry Association trend data. VISION 0223 3.4.AN INTEGRATED AND EQUITABLE VISION The REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Vision is about providing meaningful and equitable benefits for City of Miami residents and visitors. Its implementation will lead to beautiful parks within a short walk from everyone's home. It will mean a variety of recreation and parks facilities across the city; natural areas for residents and visitors to immerse themselves in nature; and indoor recreation centers that support PRD programs as well as community resiliency strategies. Most importantly, it is a commitment to a high quality of life for all Miami residents. 0224 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI The goals, policies, and actions proposed presented in the Reimagine Parks Miami Vision can stand alone, but they are even more powerful when they are addressed as an integrated whole. The image below demonstrates what the city's fully realized Vision would look like as an interconnected network. It stitches together the various recreation and park resources to achieve a better functioning system and, ultimately, to strengthen communities throughout the city. With Reimagine Parks Miami, PRD is poised to confront the complex issues facing Miami by harnessing the "power of parks." Proposed Park Facilities Integrated Vision VISION PROPOSALS New Neighborhood Parks in Downtown Core with 1/4 Mile Access New Neighborhood Parks f • ; in High and Moderate Density Area with 1/2 Mile Access • t• ••• The Underline - Planning - Proposed/Potential Parks Area in Need of Youth Baseball Fields ▪ * ; 1-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone 3•Mila Access in Virginia Key ( Area in Need of Basketball Courts •l 0.5-Mile Access Area in Need of a Dog Park • 1 1-Mile Access in High Density Zone/ Downtown Core ---• 1.5-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone Area in Need of Picklebal[ Courts ( \; 1-Mile Access in High Density Zane/ Downtown Core 1.5•Mile Access in Moderot a Density Zone 3-Mile Access for Complex ;...--, Area in Need of a Playground 0.25-Mile Access in High Density Zone/ Downtown Core 0.5-Mile Access in Moderore Density Zone ,••••• Area in Need of a Pool 1-Mile Access in High Density Zone/ �....• Downtown Care 1.5-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zane Area in Need of a Skate Park 2-Mile Access Area in Need of a Multiuse Rectangle Field 1-Mile Access 2-Mile Access Far Complex Area in Need of a Splashpad 0.5-Mile Access in High Density zone/ Downtown Core 1-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone Areo in Need of Tennis Courts 1-Mile Access in High Density Zane/ Downtown Core 1.5-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone Recrealion Centers to be Transformed into Resiliency Hubs 1-Mile Access Area in Need of a Gym 1-mile Access in High Density Zane/ Downtown Core 2-Mile Access in Moderate Density Zone Sources: City of Miami; Consultant Team N • LEGEND L_] City Limits I I Commission Districts Existing/ Proposed — Pedestrian/ Bicycle Facilities FfFf■ Parks Neighborhood Park Outside City of Miami with 1 /2 Mile Access FfFf■ Water Bodies fff■ K-12 Public Schools Park Deserts Areas without access to neighborhood park within Quarter/MalF Mile) Relative Park Land Need per Commission District • Most Park Land Need Least Pork Land Need 0 2 tAies ,. VISION 0225 IMPLEMENTATION The implementation strategy for Reimagine Parks AV iami is comprised of three interrelated parts: • Funding, to pay for capital projects and staff • Prioritization criteria for capital projects • Staff Actions, the steps that Department staff need to take in order to facilitate the completion of capital projects, or the provision of programs and services. The following chapter focuses on these three elements that will guide the Department as it continues to implement the vision. 0226 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI RECOGNITION One of the goals of the Implementation Strategy is to continue to position the Department to receive national recognition for the excellence of Miami's parks and services. IMPLEMENTATION 0227 4.1.FUNDING The ability to implement the Vision is directly linked to the amount of funding that will be available over the next 10- ears. The complete Reimagine Parks Miami Vision would cost hundreds of millions of dollars to implement. These types of projects are typically implemented over many years using a variety of strategies and funding sources. The following sources are financial options for the Department to consider in identifying funds to support the recommendations outlined in Reimagine Parks Miami. Some of the funding sources identified may already be in use or have been used in previous instances. Some however, may not have precedent in the state of Florida, but could be pursued through legislative means, should the community see the value in accessing these funding sources. Regardless, this list is intended to serve as a resource to fit a variety of project-, operational-, or partner -specific initiatives and to provide inspiration for considering other strategies beyond these suggestions. • Grants • External Funding Sources • Capital Fees • User Fees • Tax Support • Franchises and Licenses GRANTS Grants allow municipalities to leverage public municipal funding dollars. The challenge with grants is that they tend to be competitive, meaning other municipalities are also competing for those some grant dollars. This requires the city to complete thoughtful and comprehensive applications in order to be competitive. Additionally, most large grants require a match, meaning the city would have to include funds from their capital budget to obtain the grant. In certain instances, grants can be "stacked" or combined to draw funding from several sources. The idea of "Grant Stacking" refers to grouping grants of varying levels (federal, state, and local) to support one project. Careful selection of grants can result in one grant providing the matching funds requirement for another grant and vice versa. This process can address acquisition and development in phases to best meet a project's purpose and schedule. Following is a list of grants that are available for park and trail projects along with amounts. The Department should consider hiring additional grant writers to pursue applicable grants. 0228 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI GRANT OPPORTUNITIES Funding Program AARP Community Challenge Grant Grant Amount $50,000 Match Require 0% Types of Eligible Elements Pedestrian facilities, signage, decorative features, traffic calming, landscaping, innovative community outreach nticipated Deadline March American Academy of Dermatology (AAD) Shade Structure Program $8,000 0% Shade structures December Bloomberg Public Art Chal lenge $1,000,000 Varies Temporary public art projects that celebrate creativity, urban identity and foster partnerships February Building Resilient Infrastruc ture an Communities (BRIC) $1 500,000* 25% Stormwater facility/flood prevention, infrastructure hardening Year Round Community Development Block Grant — Innovative $2 000,000 15% Water and sewer facilities, flood and drainage improvements, parking, streets, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, parks and playgrounds July Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) $1 000,000* 15% Community revitalization including infrastructure June Community Facilities Direct Loan & Grant Program $50,000 45% Public facilities such water/sewer, com- munity centers, museums, community garden, street improvements Year Round Energy Efficiency and Conservation Block Grant (EECBG) TBD* 0% Energy efficiency planning, facility, lighting and equipment retrofits, trans- portation projects September Florida Inland Navigation System (FIND) Grant Pro- grams - Waterways Assis- tance Programs TBD Varies between 25-50% Navigation channel dredging, channel markers, navigation signs or buoys, boat ramps, docking facilities, fishing & viewing piers, waterfront boardwalks, inlet management, environmental edu- cation, beach re -nourishment, dredge material management, environmental mitigation, and shoreline stabilization March Florida Inland Navigation System (FIND) Grant Pro- grams - Small -Scale Spoil Island Restoration & En- hancement Program $7,500 per project 0-90% Exotic vegetation removal, habitat resto- ration, recreation enhancements such as camping, fishing, docking and mooring areas; environmental education, and information signage On -going Florida Recreation Develop- ment Assistance Program $200,000 Varies between 0 50% Acquisition and development of land for public outdoor recreation use or to construct recreational trails August Florida Communities Trust Parks and Open Space $5,000,000 25% Acquire land December Five Star and Urban Waters Restoration Program $50,000 100% Water quality, watersheds and the species and habitats improvements/ education January * Grant Funding Amount with no Set Maximum - Figures shown are either average or recent maximum awards. IMPLEMENTATION 0229 I1 • " • . TUNITIES Funding Program Grant Amount Match Requirement Types of Eligible Elements liff Anticipa Deadline HMGP Flood Mitigation Assistance Program $500,000* 25% Stormwater Facilities/ Flood Preven- tion, Infrastructure Hardening March Land and Water Conserva tion Funding Program (LWCF) $500,000 100% Land Acquisition, Outdoor Recre- ational Facilities including amphithe- aters. May Our Town Grant $100,000 100% Innovative public projects including heritage trails July Outdoor Recreation Legacy Partnership Program $10,000,000 100% Acquisition and Development of outdoor recreational facilities. All types of outdoor elements are eligible including both active and passive facilities. March Rebuilding American Infra structure with Sustainability and Equity (RAISE) Discre- tionary Grants $5,000,000 20% Transportation related projects with large scale impact. Includes non mo- torized safe streets and trails projects. February Reconnecting Community Grant Program $2,000,000 (Planning) $5,000,000 Construction 20% Planning, and capital construction to restore community connectivity through the removal, retrofit, mitiga tion, or replacement of eligible trans- portation infrastructure facilities that create barriers to mobility, access, or economic development. October Recreational Trails Program (RTP) $200,000 20% Trail Construction, Trail Renovation, Trailhead Facilities, Kayak/Canoe Facility. January Roadside Enhancement and Beautification Council (REBC) Grant Program $50,000 0% Plantings, Planting materials (top soil, mulch, sod), Labor for installation. TBD RTC Trails Grant Program $20,000 0% Paved and Unpaved trails June Safe Streets & Roads for All (SS4A) $1,000,000 (Planning) $15,000,000 (Construction)* 20% Develop or update a comprehensive safety action plan (Action Plan). Conduct planning, design, and de- velopment activities in support of an Action Plan. Carry out projects and strategies identified in an Action Plan. July Section 319(h) Nonpoint Source Implementation Grant $400,000 40% Stormwater/Water Quality Projects April TD Green Space Grant $20,000 0% Green infrastructure development, tree planting, forestry stewardship, community green space expansion. December * Grant Funding Amount with no Set Maximum - Figures shown are either average or recent maximum awards. 0230 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI EXTERNAL FUNDING SOURCES Corporate Sponsorships Corporate sponsorships are revenue -funding sources that allow corporations to invest in the development or enhancement of new or existing facilities in park systems. Sponsorships are highly used for programs and events. These opportunities are already pursued by the City and are processed for screening of conflicts of interest. Crowdfunding Crowdfunding is a fairly new Web -based source that aggregates funds from a group of people who are willing to support a specific project, be it program related or facility related. Some sites that successfully do that are www.YouHelp.com and www. patroncity.com. The Michigan Economic Development Corporation, for example, recently used crowdfunding to raise matching funds for Douglas Park in Douglas, Michigan. This is most frequently used by nonprofit educational associations and other nonprofit institutions among their members, friends, patrons, and general public to garner further support and awareness. The Department may consider partnering with Friends groups throughout the city to explore opportunities like this for specific sites or amenities. Conservancies Conservancies are organized fundraising and operational groups that raise money for individual signature parks and/or attractions such as zoos and regional parks. There are more than 2,000 conservancies in the United States now. This is an opportunity if citizens wanted to create a conservancy with the intended purpose of fundraising and assisting with operations of a specific park within the Department. Foundations/Gifts Parks Foundation are governed 501 (c)(3) nonprofit that are registered to accept donations, hold fundraising events, accept endowments, etc. These dollars are raised from tax-exempt, nonprofit organizations established with private donations in promotion of specific causes, activities, or issues. They offer a variety of means to fund capital projects, including capital campaigns, gifts catalogs, fundraisers, endowments, sales of items, and generally complement operations and needs of Departments. The Department should explore working with partners to develop a 501 c3 Miami Parks Foundation. Friends Groups Friends groups are formed to raise money and contribute organized volunteer efforts typically for a single focus purpose that could include a park facility or program that will better the community as a whole and their special interest. To maximize efforts and focus financial assistance, friends groups should establish a cooperative strategy integrated with the goals of a Miami Parks Foundation to foment program growth and increased stewardship of facilities throughout the system. Additionally, the Miami Parks Foundation could function as the umbrella organization that facilitates the creation of Friends Groups. Irrevocable Remainder Trusts Irrevocable remainder trusts are set up by individuals who typically have more than a million dollars in wealth. They leave a portion of their wealth to an organization in a trust fund that allows the fund to grow over a period of time and then becomes available for the organization to use. Generally, organizations use a portion of the interest to support specific park and recreation facilities or programs that are designated by the trustee. These trusts could also be set up as charitable remainder or charitable lead trusts. Both of these may be easier to set up with the Parks Foundation. Volunteerism Volunteerism is an indirect revenue source in that persons donate time to assist the organization in providing a product or service on an hourly basis. It is currently implemented by the Department to a certain degree in various different capacities and reduces the organization's cost in providing the service, plus it builds advocacy into the system. Increasing volunteerism can help the Department achieve its mission by leveraging the community's enthusiasm and resources to support recreational programs and services. IMPLEMENTATION 0231 Special Fundraisers Many parks and recreation agencies have special fundraisers on an annual basis to help cover specific programs and capital projects. These types of fundraisers are implemented by park foundations in support of agency initiatives, programs, and development. CAPITAL FEES Capital Fees Capital fees are added to the cost of revenue - producing facilities such as golf courses, pools, recreation centers, hospitality centers, and sports complexes. These fees are used to pay for improvements and are lifted off after the improvement is paid off. The Department is typically responsible for setting standards on the practicality, implementation, and disbursement of capital fees. Dedicated/Development/Redevelopment Fees (Re)development fees are assessed on the development of residential properties with the proceeds used for parks and recreation purposes such as open space acquisitions, community park site development, or regional park acquisition and development. Additionally, these fees can also be obtained from the property tax increase that comes from the development of trails, signature parks, and destination facilities. This funding source would be County administered with standards on the practicality, implementation, and disbursement of capital fees. Impact Fees/Retail Impact Fees Impact fees are additional charges on top of the set user rate for accessing facilities such as stadiums, recreation centers, and water park facilities. These fees are used to support capital improvements that benefit the user of the facility. Retail impact fees are based on retail development like shopping centers or hotels on parks system land. USER FEES Recreation Service Fees Recreation service fees are a dedicated user fee which can be established by local government procedures to support the construction and maintenance of recreation facilities. The fee can apply to all organized activities that require registration, such as adult and youth sports or special interest classes. This allows participants to contribute toward the upkeep of the facilities they are using. The Department should work with the city to evaluate the feasibility of implementing this funding source. Fees and Charges Fees and charges are currently used by the Department as part of the overall funding strategy. When implementing fees and charges, the organization should aim for them to be market -driven and based on both public and private facilities. These fees and charges can generate significant revenue, as seen in national trends where public park and recreation agencies generate an average of 35 to 50% of their operating expenditures from such fees. This could include program fees and daily fees for access to public -owned facilities and parks. Ticket Sales and Admissions Ticket sales and admissions come from accessing facilities for self -directed activities such as pools, ice- skating rinks, ballparks, and entertainment facilities. These user fees help offset operational costs. Permits (special use permits) The Department currently works with individuals and organizers to provide special use permits. These permits allow individuals to use specific park property for financial gain and may result in a set amount of money or a percentage of the gross revenue from the service that is being provided. Reservations The Department conducts reservations at many of its parks and facilities, which allows individuals to reserve specific public property for a set amount of time. These 0232 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI reservations may include group picnic shelters, meeting rooms for weddings, reunions, and outings, or other types of facilities for special activities. The Department sets reservation rates to generate revenue from this service. Equipment Rental Departments rent recreational equipment for the enjoyment of its parkland and waterways, such as kayaks, bicycles, and rollerblades. This is another potential revenue source for Departments as individuals pay for the rental of equipment that is used for recreational purposes. TAX SUPPORT Property Taxes Property taxes include ad valorem taxes on real property. These are already used by the City and placed into the General Fund for allocation. Hotel, Motel and Restaurant Tax Hotel, motel, and restaurant taxes are based on gross receipts from charges and meal services, which may be used to build and operate sports fields, regional parks, golf courses, tennis courts, and other special park and recreation facilities. Special Improvement District/Benefit District Special improvement/benefit districts are established to provide funds for specific types of improvements that benefit a designated group of affected properties. These improvements may include landscaping, public art installations, and recreation and cultural enhancements. Discretionary Sales Surtax In addition to the state sales and use tax rate, individual Florida counties may impose a sales surtax called discretionary sales surtax, also known as a local option County sales tax. This tax is collected by merchants at the time of sale and remitted to the Florida Department of Revenue, which then distributes the funds to the applicable counties for authorized local projects. The counties then use the funds to pay for authorized local projects. Sales and Use Tax on Restaurants and Catering Sales and use tax on restaurants and catering is often associated with convention and tourism bureaus, but parks and recreation agencies that manage tourist attractions may receive a portion of this funding source for operational or capital expenses. Food and beverage served, prepared, or sold by restaurants, hotels, and other similar businesses are subject to sales tax and discretionary sales surtax. Public Improvement District (PID) New developments can establish a PID when authorized by the local government and legally set up according to state law. PIDs provide funds specifically for the operation and maintenance of public amenities such as parks and major boulevards. FRANCHISES AND LICENSES Catering Permits and Services Departments typically offer vendor permits to allow caterers to work in the park system on a permit basis. These permits come with a set fee or a percentage of food sales that are returned to the organization. Additionally, many organizations have their own catering services and receive a percentage of revenue from the sales of their food. Pouring Rights Private soft drink companies may enter into agreements with organizations for exclusive pouring rights within facilities. A portion of the gross sales goes back to the organization. For example, the City of Westfield, Indiana, signed a 10-year, $2 million pouring rights deal with Pepsi for their sports complex. The Department should look to amend the existing agreements with vendors when appropriate. Private Concessionaires The Department uses private concessionaires for various events and locations. This funding source is a contract with a private business to provide and operate desirable recreational activities financed, constructed, and operated by the private sector, with additional compensation paid to the organization. COVID-19 IMPLEMENTATION 0233 exposed some challenges and risks with difficult negotiations and non-payment. Concession Management Concession management involves retail sales or rentals of soft goods, hard goods, or consumable items. When outsourcing, the organization either contracts for the service or receives a set amount of the gross percentage or the full revenue dollars that incorporates a profit after expenses. Naming Rights Many cities and counties have turned to selling the naming rights for new buildings or renovation of existing buildings and parks for the development cost associated with the improvement. While standards can be established for known liabilities, each opportunity can bring potential risks. Therefore, the Department may place additional restrictions on these while individually vetting opportunities. Land Lease A land lease is a lease agreement that permits the tenant to use a piece of land owned by the landlord in exchange for rent. Land leases work very similarly to the way traditional property leases operate. In the parks and recreation industry, land leases have been entered into for restaurants in destination parks, for an organization to provide services the agency does not have the means to provide, and to complement a signature facility with recreational retail, health and wellness businesses, and hotels. Leasebacks Leasebacks are instances whereby a private individual or company builds a community center or sports complex and the revenue earned comes back to pay the development costs. Easements Easements are an alternative revenue or funding source available to the Department when it allows utility companies, businesses, or individuals to develop above -ground or below -ground improvements on their property for a set period of time. In exchange, the Department receives a recurring payment. However, in areas where there are sensitive environments, there is concern that easements may cause further damage to the remaining ecosystems. Advertising Sales Some Departments provide opportunities for local businesses and affiliated organizations to place tasteful and appropriate advertising on park and recreation - related items, such as in the Department's print materials, on scoreboards, fences, and other visible products or services that are consumable or permanent and exposes the product or service to many people. Interlocal Agreements Interlocal agreements, are contractual relationships entered into between two or more local units of government and/or between a local unit of government and a nonprofit organization. These agreements allow for the joint usage and development of sports fields, regional parks, or other facilities. The Department may explore creating interlocal agreements with the School District for school parks. 0234 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 4.2.PHASING Cities seldom have enough funding to implement a,complete parks and recreation system vision. Prioritizing projects, therefore becomes important. City staff and the Consultant Team collaboratively developed a prioritization strategy to inform how parks and recreation capital projects should be implemented over the next 10-years. Two steps were used to prioritize projects: • Step 1 - Funding Allocation Targets: Citywide spending targets for four Project Funding Categories based on the findings from the Needs and Priorities Assessment. • Step 2 - Prioritization Criteria: Indicators used to score and prioritize improvements within the four Project Funding Categories based on the findings from the Context Analysis, Needs and Priorities Assessment, Vision, industry best practices, and staff input. STEP 1 - FUNDING ALLOCATION TARGETS Parks and recreation system capital projects can be organized into four primary project categories: • Improvements to existing parks and facilities - Capital projects related to enhancing and replacing aging and deteriorating parks and recreation facilities, amenities, and spaces such as replacing an air conditioning unit, or a playground, or improving the natural turf in a field. • Development of new parks and facilities - Capital projects related to installing and implementing new facilities that were not previously available in parks such installing synthetic turf in an existing natural turf field, adding a new restroom building, or installing a splash pad in a vacant site. • Development of walking and biking facilities - Capital projects related to implementing walking and biking facilities such as paved trails, cycle tracks, and sidewalks identified in the City of Miami Bikeways Plan. • Acquiring park land - The acquisition of land that would be used for parks and recreation facilities. IMPLEMENTATION 0235 The findings from the question in the Statistically Valid Survey (SVS) where respondents were asked to allocate $100 into eight capital improvement categories were collapsed into allocations for the four primary project categories discussed above. The chart below illustrates these allocation results. PROJECT TYPES Improvements to Existing Parks and Facilities Development of New Parks and Facilities Development of Walking and Biking Facilities Acquiring Park Land TOTAL PERCENTAGE FUNDING ALLOCATION TARGETS 39% 36% 14% 11% 100% These percentage funding allocation targets are proposed to be applied to the amount of funding that may be available to implement parks and recreation capital projects over the next 10 years. This ensures that each type of project receives some amount of funding over the next 10 years rather than all the funding potentially going to a certain type of project. STEP 2 - PRIORITIZATION CRITERIA City staff and the Consultant Team collaboratively developed a prioritization criteria for each project type to identify which capital improvement projects within each project type should be implemented first as funding becomes available. These criteria were based on findings from the Chapter 1 — Context Analysis, Chapter 2 - Needs and Priorities Assessment, Chapter 3 - Vision, industry best practices, and staff input. The charts on the following pages identify this criteria. Staff will use these criteria to prioritize capital projects. 0236 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PRIORITIZATION STRATEGY FOR IMPROVEMENT OF EXISTING PARKS AND FACILITIES Guiding Criteria Facility Condition/Need Criteria Description P 0,3,5 Metri I` Low, Medium, High What is the facility's level of need to preserve nec- essary operability? Priority Need Does the project address a Statistically Valid Sur- vey (SVS) Priority Investment Ranking (PIR) need? 0 3 5 ' ' Low, Medium, High Mobility Does the project present an opportunity to improve universal accessibility (ADA, accessibility up- grades)? 0,3,5 Low, Medium, High Natural/ Cultural Resource Access Does the project provide an opportunity to improve natural/ cultural resources (e.g., natural areas, historical, assets, water)? 0,3,5 No, Partially, Yes Social Connectivity Does the project present an opportunity to im prove a facility that facilitates multi -generational, multi -cultural, and multi -purpose gathering? 0,3,5 Low, Medium, High `^ LOS Gap Does the project address a FACILITIES LOS Gap? 0,3,5 No, Partial, Full Staffing and Financial Resources What is the project's impact to staffing and funding resources? 0,3,5 Minimal, Medium, High Impact Partnerships Does the project present an opportunity for part- nerships? 0 3 5 ' ' Low, Medium, High Social Vulnerability Is the project located in an area that is currently socially vulnerable? 1-4 Low High Resiliency Will the project assist the City in addressing some of the complex challenges that are most important to City residents? 0,3,5 No, Indirectly, Directly IMPLEMENTATION 0237 PRIORITIZATION STRATEGY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF NEW PARKS AND FACILITIES Guiding Principle Criteria a. i 3 Z Priority Need "'' Criteria Description Points 0,3,5 Metric Low, Medium, High Does the project address a Statistically Valid Survey (SVS) Priority Investment Ranking (PIR) need? Mobility Does the project present an opportunity to improve universal accessibility (ADA, accessibility upgrades)? 0,3,5 No, Partially, Yes Natural/ Cultural Resource Access Does the project provide an opportunity to enhance access to natural/ cultural resources (e.g., natural areas, historical, assets, water)? 0,3,5 No, Partially, Yes Social Connectivity Does the project present an opportunity to facilitate multi -generational, multi -cultural, and multi -purpose gathering? 0,3,5 Low, Medium, High LOS Gap Does the project address an Access LOS Gap in the Facilities Vision? 0,3,5 No, Partial, Full Staffing and Financial Re- sources What is the project's impact to staffing and funding resources? 0,3,5 Minimal, Medium, High Impact Z Partnerships Does the project present an opportunity for partnerships? 0 3 5 Low, Medium, High Social Vulnerability Is the project located in an area that is currently socially vulnerable? 1-4 Low High Resiliency Will the project assist the City in addressing some of the complex challenges that are most important to City residents? 0,3,5 No, Indirectly, Directly 0238 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI PRIORITIZATION STRATEGY FOR DEVELOPMENT OF WALKING/BIKING FACILITIES Guiding Principle Criteria ` Criteria Description 0,3,5 Metri Low, Medium, High Priority Need Does the project address a Statistically Valid Survey (SVS) Priority Investment Ranking (PIR) need? Park, School, and Trail Connectivity Does the project connect to parks, schools, and existing trails? 1 3 5 Connects to one, two, or all three Natural/ Cultural Resource Access Does the project provide an opportunity to enhance access to natural/ cultural resources (e.g., natural areas, historical, assets, water)? 0,3,5Yes No, Partially, Social Connectivity Does the project present an opportunity to facilitate multi -generational, multi -cultural, and multi -purpose gathering? 0,3,5High Low,Medium, LOS Gap Does the project address an Access LOS Gap in the Vision? 0,3,5 No, Partial, Full 0 0 Staffing and Financial Resources What is the project's impact to staffing and funding resources? 0,3,5 Minimal, Medium, High Impact W 0 Z Partnerships Does the project present an opportunity for partnerships? 0,3,5 Low, Medium, High Social Vulnerability Is the project located in an area that is currently socially vulnerable? 1-4 Low High z Resiliency Will the project assist the City in addressing some of the complex challenges that are most important to City residents? 0,3,5 No, Indirectly, Directly IMPLEMENTATION 0239 PRIORITIZATION STRATEGY FOR PARK LAND ACQUISITION Guiding Principle LLI Criteria Park Utilization Criteria Description Points 0,3 Metric No, Yes Does the land expand an existing park to provide improved parks and recreation service delivery? Priority Need Does the land address a Statistically Valid Survey (SVS) Priority Investment Ranking (PIR) need? 0 3 5 Low, Medium, High II Mobility Does the land present an opportunity to improve universal accessibility (e.g. transit access, trail access)? 0,3,5 No, Partially, Yes Natural/ Cultural Resource Access Does the land provide an opportunity to enhance access to natural/ cultural resources (e.g., natural areas, historical, assets, water)? 0,3,5 No, Partially, Yes Social Connectivity What is the land's potential to facilitate multi-gener ational, multi -cultural, and multi -purpose gathering (based on size and location)? 0,3,5 Low, Medium, High Park Desert Does the land address a park desert? 0,3,5 No, Partially, Yes LOS Gap Could the land address an Access LOS Gap in the Facilities Vision? (Based on size and potential future uses) 0,3,5 No, Partial, Full Acreage LOS Need What is the degree of park acreage need in the area where the land is located? 0 3 5 Low, Medium, High Staffing and Financial Resources What is the project's impact to staffing and funding resources? 0,3,5 Minimal, Medium, High Impact Partnerships Does the land present an opportunity for partner- ships? 0 3 5 Low, Medium, High Social Social Vulnerability Is the land located in an area that is currently so - cially vulnerable? 4 Low High Resiliency Will the land assist the City in addressing some of the complex challenges that are most important to City residents? 0,3,5 No, Indirectly, Directly 0240 REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI 4.3.STAFF ACTIONS Executing the implementation of the Reimagine Parks Miami Vision requires a coordinated effort by a variety of individuals. The following section provides a detailed processes by which the City will implement the vision. These steps are organized around the Guiding Principles and Policies and Actions presented in Chapter 3 - Vision. It includes seventy-two (72) Policies and Actions and over one -hundred and fifty (150) Steps with Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), Responsible Parties, and Time Frames that the City should follow to implement the Vision. This section is intended to be a "living section," which will be used by staff on a regular basis and updated based on current information. IMPLEMENTATION 0241 Goat 1: RENEW existing facilities, programs and services. olicies and Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame » 1.1 - Upgrade parks, recreation facilities, and amenities - Improve the appearance and functionality of parks in collaboration with the community to provide high -quality park experiences. Number of projects completed Parks and Recreation Department (PRD) - and Office of Capita Improvements (OCI) • 2023-2024 • 2025-2033 • Yearly » 1.2 - Expedite implementation of capital improvements - Collaboratively explore strategies with the Office of Capital Improvements (OCI) to reduce the amount of time it takes to procure and execute capital improvements projects. Completion of Design Stand and Design Guidelines PRD and OCI • 2023-2025 Enhanced•2023 implementation timeline 2033 • 2023-2033 » 1.3 - Complete high -quality maintenance - Continue to improve the routine maintenance of parks, recreation facilities, amenities to provide high -quality park experiences. r Develop, maintena ce management plan and standards PRD 2023-2024 Implement automated tools e.g. lawn mowers, line stripers etc. PRD • 2025-2026 » 1.4 - Proactively plan for the improvement of park assets - Establish processes and procedures to ensure long-term asset management and proactive repair and replacement of assets. Asset Management Software to track and project life replacementnt and estimated cost of scheduled replacement within 5-years PRD and OCI 2023-2025 • Yearly 0242 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps • Establish list of prioritized projects and confirm feasibility based on proposed vision, planning level capital costs, and management costs/ implications. Complete community -based conceptual plans for prioritized projects when applicable using the findings from the Needs Assessment and recommendations from the Visions as a starting point for dialogue with the community. Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. • Develop construction documents for phased implementation and implement. I IL • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize projects based on opportunities and needs. Develop park design standards and design guidelines for parkand buildings • During design process, work closely with OCI to ensure proper estimation of projects • During design process, work closely with OCI to develop a thoughtful implementation plan that appropriately considers scoping, funding, and scheduling • • • Develop maintenance standards and procedures for the parks and recreation system based on a cost -of -service model for waste mcjnagemen\, facilities maintenance, and landscaping services. Use data collected to determine tie optimal resources to maintain the system to meet the desired standard. Identify what services can be delivered to the fullest, those that cannot, and what resources are needed to meet expectations in the delivery of services. Work with the City Manager's Office and Commissioners to increase PRD operations and maintenance budget to address needs. A Explore wa s to au e routine park tasks e.g. mowing, trash pick up etc. • Update data in current Asset Management Software and begin to track, monitor, and plan for improvements Review and prioritize repair and replacement of assets. IMPLEMENTATION Goat 1: RENEW existing facilities, programs and services. la) Policies and Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame 1.5 - Integrate public art into park improvement - Collaborate with AIPP to Identify opportunities to integrate per- manent and temporary works of art and restore or decommission existing works of art while improving and rehabilitating existing parks. Number of Public Art project implemented PRD and Arts in Public Places (AIPP) • Ongoing • On -going g g » 1.6 - Renew and update offerings through Permit Office Special Events - Meet the community's unmet need for Community Special Events. Atleast 1-2 new event(s) annually PRD • On -going Atleast 1 new partner annu. RD On -going » 1.7 - Continue to track performance metrics for current offerings - Create key performance indicators to ensure quality assurance and accountability. Implement and communicate KPIs annually On -going Administration and Staffing Develop staff training PRD • 2023-2024 J » 1.8 - Renew the culture of continuous learning and customer service excellences - Create an organizational culture and customer service training to help establish the Miami Parks Way. Deliver training at least 4x / year PRD • On -going Develop onboarding training PRD • 2023-2024 » 1.9 - Develop initiatives to boost employee morale and retention - Grow employee recognition initiatives to help them feel valued. Conduct staff survey on reward and recognition PRD / HR • 2023-2024 Implement updated reward and recognition system PRD / HR • 2023-2025 0244 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps • Engage AIPP early in the preliminary park improvement process to identify areas of opportunity for the thoughtful integration, relocation, or decommissioning of public art • Ensure public art is designed, implemented, and maintained in accordance with the Public Art Master Plan and Program Guidelines • Identify new special events and cultural offerings that reflect the community's culture and needs. • Explore partners to collaborate on event organizing and spororships J Develop select performance metrics for program evaluation - e. . Program Participation numbers, Program Cancelation rates, Cost Recovery Goal tc. Develop all -staff organizational culture change a cus Omer training content. • Deliver year round training to all levels of staff. Create onboarding training on organizational culture and customer service. • Identify how each staff at the start of the year wants to•Feel recognized and rewarded through a brief questionnaire at onboarding or I Implement a reward and recognition system based on employee feedback IMPLEMENTATION Goal 2: CONNECT the parks system, seamlessly into the community. Policies and Actions Responsible Party Time Frame » 2.1 - Develop high -quality pedestrian and bicycle connections to parks, natural areas, waterways, and enhance waterway connections - Implement an interconnected system of high -quality, safe, active- transportation facilities and complete streets to parks, natural areas, and along water ways. Miles of ac- tive-transportation projects imple mented PRD, Department of Resilience and Public Works (DRPW), Mi- ami River Commission (MRC), The Underline Conservancy (TUC) • 2023-2033 Active -transporta- tion hubs impl mented » 2.2 - Provide access to micro -mobility devices at or near parks and natural areas - Facilitate access to micro -mobility devices) such near parks and natural areas. Docking/ parking areas for micro -mobility devices in parks and natural areas PRD, DRPW, OCI • 2023-2025 Docking/ parking areas for micro -mobility devices within 1/2-mile of parks and natural areas • 2023-2025 Charged micro -mobility devices within 1 /2-mile of parks and natural areas • On -going » 2.3 - Provide multi -modal transit access to parks, programs, and services - Facilitate access to a variety of transit options such as buses, trolleys, para-transit, and water taxis to parks, natural areas, special events, and popular programs and services. Number of multi -modal routes within 1/4 mile of city-wide parks and natural areas PRD, DRPW, OCI, and Miami Dade County Transit (MDCT) • Yearly Multi -modal stop standards PRD, DRPW, OCI, and MDCT • 2023-2026 Implementation of multi -modal transit stops PRD, DRPW, OCI, and MDCT • 2026-2033 Island Parks Feasibility Study PRD, DRPW, OCI, and MDCT • 2027-2029 0246 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps • Coordinate with partners such as the Department of Resilience and Public Works (DRPW), Miami River Commission (MRC), and Miami -Dade County to advocate and support the implementation of previously proposed projects such as 2021 Bike Master Plan, The Underline, the Miami Riverwalk and River Greenway, The Baywalk, and the Ludlam Trail are implemented and provide high -quality, safe active -transportation facility connections and complete streets to parks and natural areas. . • Advocate for prioritizing the implementation of high -quality, safe ac• transportation facilities to and near parks. • Advocate for the development of Park Zones to maximize sa crossings along parks, recreation facilities, and natural areas. • Develop active transportation hubs at parks and recreation facilities that faci' e bicycle parking and access to active transportation information. • Coordinate with OCI and DRPW to ensure that parks an natural areas have designated docking/ parking areas for micro -mobility devices. le'' • Coordinate with DRPW to ensure that public pla es, points of interest, and activity areas such as schools, grocery stores, restaurants, etc. located within a 1/2 -mile of parks and natural areas have designated docking/ parking areas for micro -mobility dev�4s. Mir • Encourage surrounding residents to collect, charge, and place micro -mobility devices in parks and natural areas as well as public places,ipoints of interest, and activity areas within '/2-mile of parks and natural areas. Collaborate with DRPW and OCI and meet regularly with Miami -Dade County Transit (MDCT) to advocate for multi -modal routes within 1/4 mile of city-wide parks and natural areas. • Collaborate with MDCT, DRPW, and OCI to develop multi -modal stop standards with shade, seating areas, and signage and wayfinding for city-wide parks and natural areas. • Prioritize implementation of multi -modal transit routes and transit stops. • Complete feasibility study to provide water taxi to Island Parks in coordination with Island Parks Feasibility Study and implement recommendations. IMPLEMENTATION Goal 2: CONNECT the parks system, seamlessly into the community. Policies and Actions Party Time Frame » 2.4 - Maximize public parking opportunities around and near parks - Explore opportunities to maximize and expand parking areas around and within a 5-minute walk to parks and natural areas. Number of projects/strategies implemented Aiiht- PRD, , OCI • 2024-2025 • 2025-2033 • 2027-2033 • Yearly » 2.5 - Enhance awareness of parks, recreation facilities, and natural areas - Implement a multi -pronged approach to increasing awareness of parks and recreation facilities using signage, wayfinding, and digital strategies. Completed project PRD 2023-2024 Signs implemented PRD, OCI • 2024-2033 » 2.6 - Enhance awareness of programs and services - Implement a multi -pronged approach to increasing awareness of programs and services using traditional printed media, radio, and digital strategies. Marketing and Branding Plan completed PRD • 2023-2024 New tools identified PRD / IT On going » 2.7 - Enhance awareness of permanent, temporary, and performance art throughout the park system - Explore the opportunity to collaborate with AIPP to develop programming around permanent, temporary, and art opportunities. Increased outreach on arts Atleast 1 new offering annually PRD / AIPP • On -going Atlperformance ffeinas1 new offerring annually o PRD • On -going » 2.8 - Strengthen and expand partnerships to enhance and expand service delivery - Identify potential partners to help maximize services to the community. Determine areas of service gaps PRD • 2023-2024 Develop list of public, private, non profit providers PRD • 2023-2024 At least 1 new partnership formed annually PRD • On -going 0248 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps • Identify citywide parks with the most frequent parking issues. • Explore physical, programmatic, and economic strategies to maximize existing parking opportunities within parks, without compromising green space and park functionality. • Explore opportunities for on -street parking along the perimeter of the park and along streets leading to the park as well as shared off-street parking opportunities within a 1/4 mile (5-minute walk from the park). • Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding and informed by public engagement. • Develop construction documents for phased implementation and implement. • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize proj is based o4opportunities and need. • Complete Public Parks Wayfinding project and integrate with digital strategies such as the use of QR Codes and the Miami HappiiFeet App Implement new park signs throughout the Parks and Recreation System r • Develop a marketin. •utreach and brand`pg plan to identify brand awareness and perception in the community and to deterrine most effective strategies to maximize outreach. • Continue to identify new outreach. 4 tools and mediums including Artificial Intelligence to support marketing strategies and Collaborate with AIPP and I other similar organizations to expand awareness on various arts opportunities. • Develop new events and program offerings centered around art to draw people to them. • Determine areas of program gaps that can benefit from increased partnerships • Develop list of potential public, private and nonprofit partners (see program assessment data for similar providers) • Explore opportunities to partner with similar agencies such as City of Doral, City of Miami Gardens, Miami -Dade County etc. IMPLEMENTATION 0249 Goal 2: CONNECT the parks system, seamlessly into the community. Policies and Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame Administration and Staffing Connections Eir Z » 2.9 - Connect staff to resources and information - Help staff with continuous learning and staying on top of industry trends 2.10 - Foster opportunities for internal cross -functional collaboration - Develop organic mechanisms to break down silos and help staff be more collaborative and empathetic Start monthly lunch and learn pro- gram PRD • Start by 2024 Assign internal thought leaders to track and share trends Start internal shadowing and cross -training programs base on staff feedbac Launch mentoring programs PRD PR On -going • Start by 2024 • Start by 2024 0250 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI • Conduct a monthly lunch and learn using webinars, guest speakers and TED talks • Assign internal thought leaders to share and discuss NRPA, Sports Facility Industry Association and other trends at staff meetings • Identify staff needs and grow internal shadowing and cross -training opportunities I • Create intra-departmental mentoring programs IMPLEMENTATION 0251 Goal 3: GROW the parks system (collaboratively, creatively, and aggresively) to catch-up with the city's growth. Policies and Actions I Responsible Time Frame Party A jIIr P ysica System » 3.1 - Expand Park land - Increase the amount of Park land equitably throughout the City with a focus in underserved areas. Number of park projects imple- mented towards Acreage and Ac- cess LOS Targets PRD, OCI • 2023 2033 • Yearly Number of park projects imple- mented towards Acreage and Ac- cess LOS Targets PRD, REAM, OCI • 2023-2024 • 2024-2033 • Yearly pNumber of park projects imple mented towards Acreage and Ac- cess LOS Targets Planning Department (PD) and PRD • On -going Number of park projects imple mented towards Acreage and Ac- cess LOS Targets PRD, DREAM, PD, OCI • 2023-2024 • 2023-2024 • 2024-2033 0252 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps Developing Previously Proposed Parks Confirm implementation based on proposed community needs, vision, capital costs, and management costs/ implications. • Develop construction documents for phased implementation and implement. • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize projects based on opportunities and need. Activating Public Lands for Park Ad • Support DREAM to improve GIS platform to visualize existing parks, park rvice areas, gaps, and publicly owned lands. • Confirm feasibility based on proposed vision, planning level cc{ital costs, and management costs/ implications. • Complete community -based conceptualtans for prioritized projects when applicable using the findings from the Needs Assessment and Visions as a starting point for dialogue with the community. Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. lementation and implement. • Develop construction documents for phaseGip • Review list of projects yearly and re prioritize projects based on opportunities and need. Park Land Through Redevelopment Collaborate with Planning Dep ment (PD) to ensure all new development containing a residential component would dedicate a proportionate share of recreation land or pay the applicable impact fee for park land, to mitigate the increased demand on parks created by new residents based upon the Level of Services Standards proposed for parks and recreation facilities. New Park Land • Support DREAM to improve GIS platform to visualize existing parks, park service areas, and gaps. • Establish a Park Land Acquisition Team comprised of representatives from relevant City Departments including City Manager's Office, DREAM, PRD, DRPW, and others to meet monthly to review and discuss potential properties to be acquired. • Survey real estate listings on a weekly basis to identify potential opportunities for acquisition and identify properties that are suitable for acquisition. • Explore potential of property to address both parks and recreation needs and other city-wide needs such as affordable housing, trail connectivity, stormwater management, public safety, etc. • Use Park Land Acquisition Prioritization criteria to score properties. • Acquire highest scoring properties. IMPLEMENTATION 0253 Goat 3: GROW the parks system (collaboratively, creatively, and aggresively) to catch-up with the city's growth. Policies and Actions KPI Responsible Time Frame Party » 3.1 - Expand Park land - Increase the amount of Park land equitably throughout the City with a focus in underserved areas. Number of park projects imple mented towards Acreage and Ac- cess LOS Targets PRD, DREAM, PD, OCI • 2024-2033 Number of park projects imple- mented towards Acreage and Ac- ces LOS Targets _ PRD, DREAM, OCI • 2023-2024 • 2024-2033 • Yearly » 3.2 - Increase access to Nature - Protect, acquire, and create Nature experiences in the City to ensure that residents have access to high -quality natural areas equitably throughout the City. V• Number of park ejects imple- mented towards Acreage Completion of Feasibility Study PRD, DREAM, OCI On - going 2023-2033 • Yearly • 2024-2026 » 3.3 - Increase access to Water - Acquire land, easements, and develop partnerships to maximize public access to the water throughout the City. Number of park projects imple mented towards Acreage and Ac cess LOS Targets PRD, DREAM, MRC, OCI On - going 2023-2033 Yearly 0254 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps ' Complete community -based conceptual park plans using the findings from the Needs Assessment and Vision as a starting point for dialogue with the community. Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. • Develop construction documents for phased implementation. Partnerships • Meet with partners, including Miami -Dade County Public School rofit organizations, and churches to explore use of land for parks and recreation purposes. Develop a mutually beneficial site management strategy for properties determined to be suitable for addressing parks and recreation needs. Discuss Department property construction, operations, and management needs in relation to partner(s) needs and expectations. ' • Establish appropriate land management strategy 4greement that considers' onstruction, operations, maintenance, and asset management. • Complete community -based conceptual park plans for prioritized projects when applicable using the findings from the Needs Assessment and Vision as a starting point for dialogue with the community. Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. Develop construction documents for phased implementation and implement. • Meet yearly to discuss land management strategy agreement and revise as needed. • Continue to identify and explore the acquisition f available properties to provide high -quality nature experiences. • Use Park Land Acq tion Prioritization criteria to score properties. • Acquire highest scoring properties. • Complete community -based as a starting point for dialogue implementation strategy conceptual park plans using the findings from the Needs Assessment and Vision with the community. Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. 1\ • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize projects based on opportunities and need. • Complete Island Nature Parks Feasibility Study • Continue to identify and explore the acquisition of available properties to provide high -quality nature experiences. • Use Park Land Acquisition Prioritization criteria to score properties. • Acquire highest scoring properties. • Complete community -based conceptual park plans using the findings from the Needs Assessment and Vision as a starting point for dialogue with the community. Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize projects based on opportunities and need. IMPLEMENTATION 0255 Goat 3: GROW the parks system (collaboratively, creatively, and aggresively) to catch-up with the city's growth. Policies and Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame • 2023-2025 » 3.4 - Increase parks and recreation Number of park facilities and amenities - Increase the number of parks and recreation facilities and amenities to equitably meet the needs of the community. and recreation facilities imple- mented towards LOS target PRD • 2025-2027 • 2027-2033 • Yearly • 2025-2026 » 3.5 - Provide access to Indoor Recreation Center space - Provide additional recreation Number of park projects imple IPP center space equitably throughout the City based on identified needs of the community. mented towards Acreage and Ac cess LOS Targets PRD, OCI 2026 2028 • 2028-2029 • 2030-2033 • 2023-2025 » 3.6 - Increase public art in Parks - Collaborate with AIPP to grow public art opportunities throughout the park system. Number of public art pieces imple- mented PRD, AIPP • On - going • On - going » 3.7 - Grow new program areas based on community need and trends - Introduce programs that serve the community's evolving Annual program lifecycle review PRD • On going Annual user feed - needs back surveys PRD• On going 0256 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps • Develop feasibility studies based on proposed vision, planning level capital costs, and management costs/ implications. • Complete community -based conceptual plans for prioritized projects when applicable using the findings from the Needs Assessment and Visions as a starting point for dialogue wthe community. Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. ' • Develop construction documents for phased implementati and implement. N • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize projects ased on opportunities and need. Develop a public engagement based Feasibility Study and Master Plan for proposed recreation center and recreation center expansion and include an estimate of capital and operating costs, anticipated revenues, and alternative delivery strategies using the findings from the N eds Assessment and Vision as a starting point for dialogue with the community. • Evaluate alternatives for o ations, maintenance and programming, including potential partnerships. • Develop detailed cost estimates a d identify rhased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. • Develop construction documents for sed implementation and implement. Advocate to increase allocatio public art funds in capital improvement project budgets from 1 .5% to 2%. • 4 Engag_e AIPP early in the preliminary design process to identify areas of opportunity for the thoughtful integration of public art. • Ensure public art is designed, implemented, and maintained in accordance with the Public Art Master Plan and Program Guidelines. • Conduct program lifecycle review to determine programs to eliminate and new ones to add • Seek user feedback through intercept surveys and post -program surveys to identify program gaps IMPLEMENTATION 0257 Goal 3: GROW the parks system (collaboratively, creatively, and aggresively) to catch-up with the city's growth. Policies and Actions Or Responsible Party Time Frame I 3.8 - Expand offerings and advocacy for Nature Programs and Health and Wellness Offerings - Increase awareness and participation in nature and environmental education offerings Partnership with schools and County PRD • 2023-2025 Create ambassa- dor program PRD • 2023-2024 Incorporate VR offerings PRD • On -going 3.9 - Grow Awareness: Increase local knowledge of the parks and recreation system - Expand marketing and storytelling to reduce participants (currently 29%) not participating due to lack of awareness Budget allocation PRD / Financ • 2024 onwards Develop marketinc and branding pla�i PRD • 2023-2024 Dedicated full-time or support staff hired PRD Finance / HR • 2023-2026 3.10 - Right staffing to reflect growing needs - Ensure staff levels and functions are aligned with increased offerings and community demographics 1 Annual staffing level review PRD / HR • On -going Expand staff recruitini Introduce automa- tion and A.I. in daily operations PRD / HR PRD / IT • On -going • On -going gi 4 3.11 - Leverage funding for Parks - Continue to stretch available park funding through grants, partnerships, and philanthropic opportunities. Grants obtained Development of Parks Foundation PRD, Grants PRD, City Manager's Office • On -going • 2023-2026 0258 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps • Grow partnerships with Miami Dade County and local schools to expand nature based programming and health & wellness offerings • Explore creating ambassador programs for youth ambassadors to increase advocacy and stewardship for nature and environmental education programs • Leverage technology (Augmented Reality / Virtual Reality) to increas access to nature and health / wellness/ nutrition based offerings • Budget at least 3% of operational spending for branding, marketing and s elling 1 I • Develop marketing and branding plan • Hire dedicated staff to implement theplan • Annually review staffing levels based on service levels ch as population served, acres maintained etc. • Intentionally recruit staffing from underserve graphic areas or areas with gaps in offerings Explore technology incling automa.and artificial intelligence to complement staffing needs • Meet regularly with the Grants Department and Commissioner's Offices to pursue grants for park projects. If necessary, contract with Independent Grant writers to pursue grants using grant stacking strategies, which refeirs to grouping grants of varying levels (federal, state, and local) to support one project. Careful selection of graRts can result in one grant providing the matching funds requirement for another grant and vice versa. This process can address acquisition and development in phases to best meet a project's purpose and schedule. Work with pa to explore the development of the Miami Parks Foundation, a 501 c3, non-profit organization thahelps raise and obtain philanthropic funds for parks and recreation projects that can be used to leverage public funds. IMPLEMENTATION 0259 Goal 4: INNOVATE to maximize equitable impact in the community. Policies and Actions PI Responsible Time Fr Party » 4.1 - Integrate technological innovation into the parks system and service delivery - Stay up to date on technological advances and explore the inclusion of technology into parks, recreation facilities, programs, and services. Organize Quar- terly Innovation Summit PRD • 2023 Fall onwards » 4.2 - Position parks to help address• complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and Community Safety p CPTED strategies integrated into Parks PRD * • 2023-2033 4 Number of security measures implemented in parks PRD, MPD, OCI • 2023-2025 • 2026-2033 Yearly umber of park jects imple- mented towards Acreage and Ac- cess LOS Targets PRD, DREAM, OCI • 2023-2033 Number of program gaps identified PRD • 2023 onwards 1-2 new partners annually for joint offerings or space use PRD • On -going Convenient week- day / weekend times identified PRD • On -going 0260 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps • Conduct quarterly innovation summits to identify technological advances and ideas to help enhance service delivery e.g. ChatGPT for marketing copywriting, job descriptions; Robot trash pickup; Smart Parks concepts Considering Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) strategies in the design and redesign of parks and recreation facilities. • Require park design teams to integrate and highlight CP D strategies . design and redesign of parks and recreation facilities Adding security cameras in key parks, ensure adequate fighting in parks after dark, and encourage more patrolling in parks. • Conduct an initial evaluation of security and lighting in parks with Miami Police Department (MPD). • Identify areas that are in need of security cameras, lighting, and more patrolling. • Develop detailed cost estimates and identify phased imementation strategy based on available capital and operations funding. • Implement based on available capital and operations and funding. • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize projects based on opportunities and needs. Expanding parks so they have as many public edgekas possible that encourage "eyes on the park." NI Reference Goal 3.1 Steps In collaboration with partners, developing programs and activities for at -risk populations to help deliver programs, services, employment, and educational opportunities during convenient and important times, including late into the night. • Identify gaps in program needs for at -risk populations along with ideal times for offering them • Seek partners to collaborate on program delivery or provide space to offer programs • Determine ideal times for programs that are convenient for at -risk populations to attend IMPLEMENTATION 0261 Goal 4: INNOVATE to maximize equitable impact in the community. Policies and Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame 4.2 - Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Resiliency Development of Park Resiliency Design Standars q PRD, ORS, and OCI • 2023-2025 Development of Park Resiliency Hub Implementa- tion Strategy PRD, ORS, and OCI • 2023-2025 Resilient strategies implemented in park projects PRD, ORS, and OCI • 2023-2033 0262 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps Designing and building parks to recover quickly after storm events through the use of resilient materials, hardy plants, and durable design details and construction methods. Strengthening urban ecologies through the use of strategic plantings and coastal edges that promote functional ecosystems and achieve coastal resiliency through the use of natural systems. Account for future projected sea level rise and adapt park design and use patterns to maximize the use of facilities by moving high -cost and high -value amenities and facilities further inland, elevating facilities and amenities above projected sea level rise elevations, and where possible regrading natural features that serve as natural buffers from rising waters. Explore the role of parks in addressing community -scale coastal resiliency by raising bulkheads and adding interior drainage. Limiting impervious pavement in parks, develop fountains, water features,and ponds where appropriate; and using native trees, shrubs, and groundcover that help absorb water and reduce urban heat island effect. Exploring the role of parks in serving as local or regional stormwater treatment facilities while provide high -quality parks and recreation experiences: • Collaborate with ORS and OCI to develop design standardslRFid guidelines for improving resiliency of parks as part of the park design standards and design guidelines for parks and buildings that consider the following, but are not limited to: , • Parks planning and design strategies account for projected sea level rise. • The use, design, and placement of resilient materials, hardscape, softscapes - hardy, natives trees, shrubs, and groundcovers, and durabal design'l details. • On -site stormwater Best Mancgement Prtices (BMPs) and potential of parks in addressing local and regional stormwater management strategies. • The use of natural systems and coastal edges to achieve coastal resiliency. • Strategies for parks 14 addressing community -scale coastal resiliency. • Collaborate with Office of RAsilie e and Sustainability (ORS) to complete feasibility studies for parks identified to serve as Resiliencyll ub Parks. Establish implementation strategy to implement Resiliency Hubs that identifies funding sources, partners, and phased implmentation strategy. • Engage CARS and OCI early in the preliminary design process to identify areas of opportunity for the thoughtful integration of resiliency strategies. Collaborate with ORS and OCI and require park design teams to integrate and highlight resilient design standards. IMPLEMENTATION 0263 Goal 4: INNOVATE to maximize equitable impact in the community. • ' ' - s and Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame 4.2 - Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and Access to Healthy Foods Meals provided PRD • On -going Parks and facilities identified PRD • On -going Launch classes PRD 2-3 new plots identified annually PRD 1/4 • On -going • 2024-2029 New farmer's mar- ket(s) organized PRD + External Part- ners • On -going New programs launched PRD + Local commu- nitie'' • On -going Screenings con- ducted PRD • On -going New mobile van(sT and delivery partners identified PRD + External Part- ners • On -going Stakeholder list developed PRD • 2023 Quarterly collab- oration meetings and community wide plan PRD + External Part- ners • 2024 onwards 0264 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps Serving meals through federal nutrition programs. • Determine requirements for nutrition programs at the various facilities • Identify parks and facilities to provide meals Providing nutritional education opportunities such as healthy cooking classes, healthy living behaviors, and healthy meals preparation and consumption. • Determine types of classes, frequency of offerings and providers for nutritional education Organizing farmers markets, community gardens, and community -supported a riculture programs that bring healthy foods closer to resident's homes. • Identify existing or acquire new plots for community gardens in food insec reas 1 • Organize farmer's markets in similar food insecure areas and beyond • Co -create agriculture programs wih the local communities ba on their needs Providing food insecurity screenings and offering referrals to meal programs and nutrition supports, to support SNAP and WIC enrollment and retention services in partnership with local state offices, and to offer mobile services to meet community members where they are. • Conduct food insecurity screenings in the community particularly low-income neighborhoods I • Identify mobile vans or k style partners to offer meal services where people are Building coalitions of like-minded or anizations like healthcare systems, food banks, and universities to create a whole -community approach to nutrition and more comprehensive health and social services. • Develop list of providers in the health, nutrition and social services ecosystem • Create a platform for collaboration dialogue and strategic planning to develop a community wide approach IMPLEMENTATION 0265 Goal 4: INNOVATE to maximize equitable impact in the community. Policies and Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame 4.2 - Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and Access to Healthcare (Continued) Number of park projects implemented towards Acreage and Access LOS Targets PRD, DREAM, OCI • 2023-2033 Health and Wellness -based amenities implemented in Par Number of park and recreation facilities implemented towards LOS target fw Number of Indoor Recreation Center Square Feet added towards LOS targets CI PRD, OCI • 2023-2033 • 2023-2033 • 2023-2033 Provider list developed PRD • 2023-2024 Create educational informational tools PRD • 2023-2024 Host at least 2-3 summits and informational sessions annually PRD and Healthcare providers • On -going Number of screenings annually PRD and Healthcare providers • On -going Outreach in multiple languages PRD and Healthcare providers • On -going 0266 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps Ensuring that a quality park is located within a 5 to 10-minute walk from residents to encourage regular physical activity, which improves mental and physical health • Reference Goal 3.1 Step Ensuring that parks contain amenities that provide health and wellness opportunities such as a walking loop for users to walk, jog, run,a multi -purpose open space for active -recreation and special events, and an outdoor exercise corral. • Work closely with the park design team early in the preliminary design process to identify areas of opportunity for the thoughtful integration of primary facilities proven to generate activity in parks - walking loop and outdoor exercise equipment, in addition to other sypport amenities and furnishings. • Reference Goal 3.5 Steps Ensuring that a indoor center is located within 1.5 miles of every resident that provides access to indoor fitness fitness classes. Reference Goal 3.6 Steps Al Collaborating with local physicians to provide patients with Park Prescriptions and other programs that facilitate access to physicians, such as "Walk with a Doc • Develop list of local physicians and healthcare providers in the area • Create educational information outlining park prescription information and how it can be prescribed • Host an informational summit in a park or at a event, provide telehealth opportunities or Walk with a Doc to promote and publicize this opportunity Continue to partner with healthcare providers to reach key patient populations with health services and education such as health screenings and health education and awareness classes. • Identify and provide health screenings based on community needs Create awareness in different languages including Spanish, creole etc. IMPLEMENTATION 0267 Goal 4: INNOVATE to maximize equitable impact in the community. • ' ' • nd Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame » 4.2 - Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and Affordable Housing Completed meeting PRD, DHCD • 2023-2024 Number of projects completed PRD • Yearly Number of Indoor Recreation Center Square Feet added towards LOS targets PRD, OCI • 2023-2033 Completion of Feasibility Study PRD, DHCD • 2023-2033 Number of affordable housing properties purchased PRD, DHCD 4.2 - Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and Community Blight umber of projects completed PRD, OCI • 2023-2033 Number of projects completed PRD, Department of Code Compliance (DCO), DREAM, OCI • 2023-2033 Number of projects completed PRD, DCO, OCI • 2023-2033 0268 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps Working closely with City of Miami Department of Housing & Community Development and other housing partners to maximize parks and recreation opportunities near existing affordable housing locations. • Schedule annual/bi-annual meetings with City of Miami Department of Housing & Community Development (DHCD) and other housing partners to explore the need for recreation opportunities at existing developments. • Develop list of needed projects, compare to findings from the Needs Assessment and recommendations from the Vision, and collaboratively develop the role of PRD in addressinveds. • Based on agreed upon roles, develop detailed cost estimates acid identify phased implementation strategy based on available capital and operations and maintenance funding. • Develop construction documents for phased implementation and implement. • Review list of projects yearly and re -prioritize projects based on opportunitie d needs. Exploring the future redevelopment of underutilized recreation center properties create integrated affordable housing and indoor recreation center complex. •• Reference Goal 3.6 • When recreation centers are deemed to be rebuilt, or new recreation centers are proposed for development, complete a feasibility study that considers rebuilding the recreation center within a multi -story affordable housing development. Coordinate with other City Departments, Agencies, and Non -Profits to purchase properties for affordable housing near future parks where parks may increase e property values of surrounding homes • When planning major improvements to existing parks and implementing new parks, PRD will coordinate with the City of Miami Department of Housing►& Community Development and other housing partners to advocate and guide them in quietly purchasing available properties for affordable housing within 1,300 feet range of future park Ensuring that no City of Miami park property contribute to blight, either through deteriorated structure and amenities, or poorly maintai ed landscape and hardscapes. • Reference Goal 1 .1 arf prioritize the implementation of parks that are in poor condition and may contribute to blight. Develop undeveloped properties or green spots with limited amenities that are poorly maintained. Reference Goal 1 .1 and prioritize the implementation of undeveloped properties or green spots that may contribute to blight. Exploring the redevelopment of blighted properties to add park space, with the mutual benefit of removing a hazardous eyesore and growing the City's park acreage. • Reference Goal 3.1 and prioritize the implementation of blight priorities that may contribute to neighborhood blight. IMPLEMENTATION 0269 Goal 4: INNOVATE to maximize equitable impact in the community. ' olicies and Actions KPI Responsible Time Frame Party » 4.2 - Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and Access to Transportation Miles of active -transportation projects implemented PRD, DRPW, MC, TUC • 2023-2033 Implementation of routes and multi -modal transit stops PRD, DRPW, OCI, and MDCT • 2023-2033 Completion of a Play Mobile PRD1‘ • 2024-2027 Number of Play Mobile I programs completed. PRD • 2027-2033 » 4.2 -Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and High -Quality 1 40 Resource allocation �RD • On -going Dedicated funding source PRD + City-wide • 2023-2026 Resource allocation y PRD • On -going Number of firms contracted PRD, OCI • On -going List of schools, colleges and universities PRD • 2024 onwards Develop special projects and internship opportunities PRD • 2024 onwards Quarterly outreach PRD • 2024 onwards List of skills needed PRD • 2023 At least 2-3 organizations to collaborate with annually PRD + Community Development Corpo rations • 2024 onwards 0270 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps Providing high -quality active -transportation connections to parks • Reference Goal 2.1 Providing high -quality transit connections to parks • Reference Goal 2.3 Using mobile and virtual strategies to delivery parks and recreatio4 facilities, programs, and services. • Purchase and a van or small truck, customize it to be able to fit and transport mobile parks and recreation facilities and amenities, and brand it as a Play Mobile or something similar. • Use Play Mobile to deliver parks and recreation Amenities, pro rams, and services where needed and appropriate. Funding, operating, and managing the parks and recreation system in a high -quality manner so it enhances the quality of life of residents and encourages corporations to remain, thrive, or relocate to the City. • Continue to advocate for needed operations and management resources to operate and manage the parks and recreation system in a high -quality way. ' • Seek dedicated funding for maintenance and upkeep of existing parks and sites Funding capital projects and using local firms to participate in the design and construction of the projects. • Continue to advocate for needed capital funds and leverage dollars with grants and partner funding. • Continue to use local with appropriate expertise to complete park design and implementation projects. Continuing to educate and promote parks and recreation industry jobs and as ensuring adequate wages and benefits for parks and recreation professionals. • Identify local high schools, coll7les and universities including vocational schools to promote to 1 • Create internship oppo unities and special projects • Expand reach into these areas through counselors, peer groups and leadership outreach Collaborating with community development corporations to create jobs programs that support the maintenance, operations, and management of the parks and recreation system. • Identify most needed job skills for the areas of gaps in the systems • Collaborate with community development organizations for jobs and skills training for those operations and maintenance areas IMPLEMENTATION 0271 Goal 4: INNOVATE to maximize equitable impact in the community. • ' ' • nd Actions KPI Responsible Party Time Frame 4.2 - Position parks to help address complex challenges in the community - Coordinate with other City Departments and partners to position parks to address the complex community challenges most important to residents. • Parks and High -Quality Jobs (Continued) Job requirements identified PRD • 2023 onwards List of partners developed Special events and centers identi- fied and job fairs hosted Outreach through partners • 2023 onwards • 2023 onwards • 2023 onwards Programs and services identified P • 2023 onwards Request for Information issued PRD • 2024 Program Providers finalized PRD • 2024 onwards Educational institutions identified i 2-3 Certificate courses determined annually PRD PRD + Partners • 2024 onwards • 2024 onwards urses promoted PRD + Partners • 2024 onwards Annual review PRD • On -going Refresh 5% of worst performing programs annually with new ones PRD • On -going 0272 I REIMAGINE PARKS MIAMI Steps Collaborating with local, state, federal, and non-profit partners to facilitate access to job fairs in community centers and during special events. • Identify existing and ongoing job requirements • Develop list of local, state, federal and non-profit partners to collab ate with • Determine key special events and centrally located / signature centers to organize job fairs • Partner with schools, non-profit and other community groups to promote the job fairs Facilitating opportunities for local residents to provide programs and services that are desired in the community as independent contractors. • Identify programs and service gaps • Seek providers through local residents and groups throu a Request for Information • Prioritize providers who are best equipped to offer those programs and needs Partnering with education institutions to provide continuing education, technical and professional certificates courses. w • Identify educational 1 titutions to partner i 'ith wr • Share list of certificate courses provided A • Mgtket and promote the courses Pursue trends and next practices for future program and events offerings Ensure ongoing program innovation cycle is continued • Review the program lifecycle to identify programs that are declining in participation • Utilize NRPA Trends data and other national sources to determine future program and events offerings IMPLEMENTATION 0273 City of Miami Parks and Recreation Department 444 SW 2nd Ave, 8th Floor Miami, FL 33130 (305) 416-1300 www.miamigov.com